Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Asset Management / Tanami Gold NL

Tanami Gold NL

tam · LSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker tam
Exchange LSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Asset Management
Employees 51-200
← All annual reports
FY2023 Annual Report · Tanami Gold NL
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
1

years of growth

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Growing in 
a dynamic  
market

Tatton Asset Management plc 
has delivered another year of 
strong growth. The Group has 
continued to demonstrate the 
strengths of its business model 
in a difficult and volatile market 
environment, achieving growth 
across all areas of the business 
which continues to be supported 
by its strategic acquisitions.

Contents

STRATEGIC   
REPORT

CORPORATE   
GOVERNANCE

1 

Highlights

52  Board of Directors

2  At a glance and 
investment case

54  Corporate Governance  

Statement

4 

Purpose framework

56  Division of  

6  Chairman’s Statement

8 

Chief Executive 
Officer’s Review

12  Chief Investment 

Officer’s Report

responsibilities

58  Board skills

59  Monitoring culture

60  Directors’ 

Remuneration Report

16  Market share and trends

64  Directors’ Report

18  Our business model

20  Our strategy for growth

68 

Independent 
Auditor’s Report

22  Strategy at a glance

28  Key performance  

indicators

30  Risk management

32  Principal risks

34  Chief Financial 
Officer’s Report

36  Environmental, 

Social and Governance

48  Stakeholder 
engagement

50  Section 172

FINANCIAL   
STATEMENTS

74  Consolidated 

Statement of Total 
Comprehensive Income

75  Consolidated Statement 
of Financial Position

76  Consolidated Statement 
of Changes in Equity

77  Consolidated Statement 

of Cash Flows

78  Notes to the 
Consolidated 
Financial Statements

103  Company Statement of 
Financial Position

104  Company Statement of 
Changes in Equity

105  Notes to the Company 

Financial Statements

Highlights

GROUP REVENUE

AUM/AUI¹

£32.327m £13.871bn

2023

2022

2021

2020

2019

£29.356m

£23.353m

£21.369m

£17.518m

2023

2022

2021

2020

2019

£11.341bn

£8.990bn

£6.651bn

£6.068bn

PROFIT BEFORE TAX

Financial

£15.996m

2022: 

£11.275m

+41.9% 

ADJUSTED OPERATING PROFIT¹

£16.402m

2022:

£14.526m

+12.9%

ADJUSTED EPS¹

20.61p

2022: 

18.62p

+10.7% 

P RO P OSED FINAL DIVIDEND  (P)

10.0p

2022: 

8.5p

+17.6%

•  Group revenue increased 10.1% to £32.327m 

(2022: £29.356m)

•  Adjusted operating profit¹ up 12.9% to £16.402m 

(2022: £14.526m)

•  Adjusted operating profit¹ margin increased to 50.7% 

(2022: 49.5%)

•  Profit before tax £15.996m (2022: £11.275m)
•  Adjusted fully diluted earnings per share (“EPS”)¹ 
increased to 20.61p (2022: 18.62p) and basic EPS 
is 22.43p (2022: 15.92p) 

•  Final dividend increased 17.6% to 10.0p (2022: 8.5p), 
an increase of 16.0% to 14.5p (2022: 12.5p) for the full 
year dividend

•  Strong financial liquidity position, with net cash 

of £26.5m (2022: £21.7m)

•  Strong balance sheet – Net assets increased 

34.6% to £41.781m (2022: £31.044m)

 Read more on page 34

1

Operational

•  Tatton’s discretionary assets under management 

(“AUM”) increased 12.3% to £12.735bn (2022: £11.341bn)

•  Acquisition of 50% of the share capital of 8AM 

Global Limited (“8AM” or “8AM Global”) adding 
assets under influence (“AUI”) of £1.136bn, resulting 
in AUM/AUI¹ totalling £13.871bn

•  Record organic net inflows of £1.794bn (2022: £1.277bn) 

or 15.8% of opening AUM, an average of £149.5m 
per month 

•  Tatton increased its independent financial adviser 

(“IFA”) firms by 16.5% to 869 (2022: 746) and number 
of client accounts by 19.2% to 107,010 (2022: 89,780)

•  Paradigm Mortgages’ completions up by 10.3% to 
£14.50bn (2022: £13.15bn). Paradigm Mortgages’ 
member firms increased to 1,751 (2022: 1,674) and 
Consulting member firms increased to 431 (2022: 421)

 Read more on page 8

1.  Alternative performance measures are detailed in note 23.

STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023T
R
O
P
E
R
C
G
E
T
A
R
T
S

I

AT A GLANCE  AND INVEST MENT CASE

A market 
leading vision

Tatton Asset Management plc 
(“TAM”) is one the UK’s largest and 
best-regarded on-platform only model 
portfolio discretionary fund managers 
that works exclusively with independent 
financial advisers (“IFAs”) who seek 
third party investment and operational 
support in order to elevate outcomes 
for both advisers and their clients. 

From our offices in London, 
Manchester and Birmingham, 
we offer an award-winning range 
of services, from on-platform only 
investment management as well 
as regulatory, compliance and IFA 
consulting services and a whole 
of market mortgage proposition 
to IFAs across the UK.

Our vision is to continue to provide 
best-in-class service to independent 
financial advisers and their end clients, 
offering a wide range of investment and 
operational support in order to enhance 
the outcomes for both the advisers and 

2

their clients. We are transparent, honest 
and open, acting without pretence, 
whilst striving to be appropriately 
knowledgeable, conscious of risk 
and continually improving.

N UMBER OF TATTON FIRMS

CAGR IN TATTON FI RM NUMBER S  SINCE  201 7¹

869
£13.9bn

AUM/AUI¹

2022: 746

2022: £11.3bn

24.2%
£1.8bn

ASSET NET  INFLOWS¹

2022: £1.3bn

G RO UP ’S PROPOSITION
•  Market leading on-platform discretionary fund 

•  Clients benefit from gaining access to full 

management service:
 – Highly experienced investment team with a strong 

discretionary management of their investments
•  Providing financial compliance services, technical 

10 year track record

 – Full range of risk-rated investment portfolios
 – Multi-manager funds complement portfolios

•  Platform agnostic – available on 20 platforms
•  Exclusively available to the clients of IFAs

support and business consultancy to directly 
authorised wealth managers, IFAs and 
mortgage advisers

•  Comprehensive mortgage and protection offering to 
directly authorised firms, including a whole of market 
lender panel

1.  Alternative performance measures are detailed in note 23.

TATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023 
OUR OPERATING SEGMENTS

TATTO N REVENUE BREAKDOWN

80.2%

2022: 79.5%

PARADIGM REVENUE  BREAK DOWN

19.8%

2022: 20.5%

TAT TON  – INV ESTMENT MA NAGEMENT DIVISION
Tatton is an investment manager providing a range of 
discretionary investment services, predominately through 
on-platform model portfolios and funds to the clients of 
IFAs. It manages £12.7 billion of assets across over 100,000 
private client accounts from 869 UK IFA firms. IFAs benefit 
by being able to offer their clients full discretionary asset 
management whilst retaining complete control of those 
relationships, together with the ability to manage their 
clients’ portfolios through existing platform arrangements.

PARADIGM –  IFA  SUPPORT  SE RVICES D IVIS IO N
Paradigm amalgamates Paradigm Mortgage Services and 
Paradigm Consulting under a single division to provide a 
wide range of membership-based operational support 
solutions for IFAs. Paradigm Mortgage Services is one of 
the UK’s leading mortgage distribution businesses, with 
membership of 1,751 firms. Paradigm Mortgage Services 
provides access to a whole of market lender panel as well 
as an array of mortgage and protection-related support 
services, such as specialist lending distributors, conveyancing 
partners and general insurance via Paradigm Protect. 
Paradigm Consulting is a leading provider of support 
services, including compliance and other related products 
to 431 directly authorised IFA firms.

DIVIDEND GROWTH

DIVIDEND YIELD¹

I NC RE ASE IN  ADJUSTED FULLY DILUTED  EPS¹

17.6%
10.7%
23.6%

CAGR IN AUM/AUI SINCE 2017¹

CASH ON THE BALANCE SH EE T

3.2% 
£26.5m
£1,170m

AVERAGE ANNUAL NET INF LOWS¹

INVE STMENT  CASE 
Tatton Asset Management plc has delivered a record level 
of net inflows and mortgage completions in the current 
financial year, which have contributed to the Group’s continued 
growth in revenue, adjusted operating profit¹ and fully 
diluted adjusted earnings per share (“EPS”)¹. As a result of 
the record net inflows, AUM/AUI in the year has grown by 
22.3% to £13.9bn, leading to a growth in assets of £10.0bn 
over the last six years since the Group listed on the Alternative 
Investment Market (“AIM”) in 2017, with an average annual 
growth of 23.6%. AUM growth over this six year period has 
been primarily achieved organically through £7.0bn of net 
inflows, with the acquisitions of the Sinfonia and Verbatim 
funds as well as 8AM Global’s AUI adding a further £1.9bn 
and investment returns contributing £1.1bn.

The Group has delivered continued improvement in adjusted 
operating profit margin¹ to 50.7% (2022: 49.5%), which 
has  been  driven  by  its  ongoing  growth  and  c.85%  of 
recurring revenue. Throughout the current financial year, 
the Group has continued to generate value by delivering 
a 10.7% growth in fully diluted adjusted EPS¹.

Since listing as a public company we have maintained 
a progressive dividend policy with c.70% of adjusted 
earnings being paid out as dividends to shareholders, 
giving a dividend yield of 3.2% in this financial year.

1.  Alternative performance measures are detailed in note 23.

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

3

T
A
T
T
O
N
A
S
S
E
T
M
A
N
A
G
E
M
E
N
T
P
L
C

A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
A
N
D
A
C
C
O
U
N
T
S
2
0
2
3

STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PURP OSE FRAMEWORK

Continued momentum 
for long-term growth

Our purpose 

To be the provider of choice for 
independent financial advisers 
and their end clients. We seek 
to provide the highest quality 
investment management and 
best-in-class IFA support 
services, with our number one 
goal being the enhancement 
of outcomes for both advisers 
and their clients.

4

Our vision 

To maintain our position as the 
provider of choice for independent 
financial advisers and their end 
clients, to expand our propositions 
to meet the needs of our advisers 
and their clients, and exceed the 
expectations of all our stakeholders.

Underpinned by our values

INDIV IDUA LLY:

AC T WITH IN T EGRITY

BE TRANSPARENT, 
HONEST AND OPEN

ACT WITHOUT   
PRETENCE

BE STRAIGHTFORWARD, 
ADAPTABLE AND 
CONSISTENT

STRATEGIC REPORTTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Strategic objectives

Sustainability pillars

DE EP EN  OUR   I FA  R EL AT I ON S H I P S   
TO GR OW AUM
Strengthen existing IFA/client relationships and build new 
long-term relationships, delivering sustainable value for 
both the IFA/clients and shareholders

ORGA NIC GROWTH – INCREASE SH ARE   
OF O UR RESPECTIVE MARKETS
Further penetrate our markets, adding new firms 
in Tatton and new members in Paradigm

M&A  AND JV ACTIVITY REM AINS   
PA RT  OF THE GROUP ’S GROWTH  STR ATEGY
We will continue to complement our strong organic 
growth through targeted acquisitions and entering 
into strategically aligned joint ventures (“JV”)

MIGRATION OF ASSET “BACK BO OKS ”
We look to migrate existing clients’ back book of assets 
over to Tatton in the medium term

ST RATEGIC PARTNERSHIPS
We will develop strategic partnerships/alliances as an 
additional distribution channel to increase assets on the 
Tatton discretionary fund management (“DFM”) service

ENVIRONMENTAL
We look to manage and reduce our 
environmental impact and carbon 
footprint through the efficient use 
of resources

 Read more on page 43

SOCIAL
We support and develop our people 
and wider community, and foster 
an inclusive culture

5

 Read more on page 44

GOVERNANCE
We remain committed to the 
highest standards of corporate 
governance, adding value and 
reducing risk for our stakeholders

 Read more on page 38

COLL EC TIV ELY:
To be trusted to provide the highest achievable levels of service to financial advisers and their clients by: 

T HE ACC UMULATION 
OF TH E RIGHT 
L EVEL OF SKILLS, 
KNOWL EDGE AND 
EX P ERIENCE ACROSS 
T HE ORGA N ISATION

THE MANAGEMENT, 
IDENTIFICATION AND 
REGULAR REVIEW  OF 
THE RISKS IMPACTING 
TAM PLC

DEVELOPING A 
CULTURE THAT 
FOSTERS A 
COLLABORATIVE 
APPROACH TO 
CONTINUALLY 
IMPROVE

IN SUMMARY – 
WE  STRIVE TO 
BE K NOWLEDGEAB L E, 
TO BE CONSCIOU S 
OF RISK, AND TO 
CONTINUALLY 
IMPROVE

STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023CHA IRMAN ’S STATEMENT

6

3
2
0
2
S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A
D
N
A
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
U
N
N
A

C
L
P
T
N
E
M
E
G
A
N
A
M
T
E
S
S
A
N
O
T
T
A
T

Dear Shareholder
The 12 month period ended 31 March 2023, in common 
with the previous trading period, has been a challenging 
time for asset management, with economic stimuli, both 
positive and negative, constantly changing, while the 
political landscape, globally as well as in the UK, has 
done little to brighten prospects. An uncertain trading 
environment has encouraged the Group to sustain a focus 
on our core strategies, so it is satisfying to be able to 
report further progress with increases in assets under 
management,  revenues,  profits  and,  as  a  result, 
the dividend.

Our strategic ambition continues to be growth centred on 
organic development, augmented by appropriate M&A 
activity when opportunities arise, and we aspire to be the 
provider of choice for the independent financial adviser 
(“IFA”) community as a result of providing products and 
services that enable them to better advise their clients.

In common with businesses globally, and throughout the 
UK, the Group has been buffeted by economic and political 
shocks, the pandemic, the war in Ukraine, and the economic 
consequences of these events, which have led to widely 
reported volatility and difficult trading conditions. Riding 
these storms measures the resilience of any organisation, 
so it is gratifying to be able to report that TAM finds itself, 
at the end of this financial year, a larger and stronger 
organisation with record asset net inflows, higher levels 
of assets managed and influenced, and with an increasing 
number of IFAs and their clients supporting the business.

Teamwork and talent  
delivers results

A material factor behind the results that we are reporting 
now is the significant growth in demand for Model Portfolio 
Services (“MPS”) generally. As provision for income in later 
life becomes an ever more important consideration in the 
minds of investors, the combination of clarity, positive 
investment returns, and low charges is fuelling an appetite 
for MPS products, leading to new entrants and increasing 
inflows as the MPS concept becomes a leading strategic 
pillar for investors and their advisers. Increasing demand is 
growing the overall market and validating the proposition.

In my statement last year, I highlighted our “Roadmap to 
Growth” aspiration based on a three-year target, set in 2021, 
of assets under management increasing from £9.0bn to 
£15.0bn  by  March  2024.  Despite  the  difficult  trading 
conditions alluded to above, assets under management at 
31 March 2023 stood at £12.735bn, excluding the assets 
derived from the acquisition of 8AM Global Ltd of £1.136bn.

Paradigm  Consulting,  our  consultancy  business,  has 
performed in line with expectations, delivering expert 
regulatory consulting to the IFA community and is well 
positioned to continue to do so. The Mortgage business 
enjoyed  a  very  positive  performance  this  year,  with 
involvement in record mortgage completions of £14.50bn 
(2022: £13.15bn). While the results of Government policy 
on interest rates over the trading period are still being felt, 
the situation has stabilised, and rates and products have 
reverted to near normal, although the mortgage market 
remains uncertain. Nevertheless, we are confident that the 
business remains well placed in its markets and strongly 
positioned to take advantage of opportunities that will 
undoubtedly lie ahead.

Financial highlights
Group revenue increased by 10.1% to £32.3m (2022: £29.4m), 
while adjusted operating profit¹ rose by 12.9% to £16.4m 
(2022:  £14.5m)  and  profit  before  tax,  after  incurring 
exceptional costs and share-based payment charges, 
improved further to £16.0m (2022: £11.3m). The impact of 
the above on fully diluted adjusted earnings per share¹ was 
an increase of 10.7% to 20.61p (2022: 18.62p), while basic 
earnings per share was 22.43p (2022: 15.92p).

Our people
As ever, we believe our people are the most important 
factor in the successful delivery of the Group’s strategy 
and  the  maintenance  of  long-term  growth  and  value 
creation. On behalf of the Board, I would like to thank every 
member of staff for their outstanding performance over 
the past year, which is behind the delivery of a gratifying 
set of results.

It has been a difficult year for many businesses, more so 
for many employees across the country with the increased 
cost of living and the impact of acute energy issues. With this 
in mind, the Group made a one-off “winter support” payment 
to all employees of £1,000 in recognition of the pressures 
people  have  faced  and  to  reflect  the  hard  work  and 
dedication that our employees have shown in difficult times.

STRATEGIC REPORTTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AUM

Driving  
shareholder  
returns

Revenue

EPS

Profit

7

Dividends

Role of the Board and its effectiveness
My primary role as Chairman is to provide leadership to 
the Board and to provide the right environment to enable 
each of the Directors, and the Board as a whole, to perform 
effectively to optimise the success of the Company for the 
benefit of its shareholders and other stakeholders.

It is my view that the Board has an appropriate balance of 
skills and is highly effective, with a thorough understanding 
of the opportunities and threats facing the Group. 

UK corporate governance
TAM plc remains committed to the highest standards of 
corporate governance. The Board understands that this 
commitment  is  necessary  for  managing  our  business 
effectively and for maintaining investor confidence. Good 
governance adds value and reduces risk, and in a business 
which continues to grow and evolve, we look to sustain, 
develop,  and  improve  our  governance  arrangements 
continually. Details of how we have approached and applied 
corporate governance are provided throughout this Annual 
Report and detailed on pages 54 to 57.

Section 172 statement
Section 172 (“s.172”) of the Companies Act 2006 requires 
the Directors to act in the way that they consider, in good 
faith, would be most likely to promote the success of the 
Company for the benefit of its members as a whole. In 
doing this, s.172 requires a Director to have regard, amongst 
other matters, to the likely consequences of any decisions 
in the long term; the interests of the Company’s employees; 
the need to foster the Company’s business relationships 
with suppliers, customers and others; the impact of the 
Company’s operations on the community and environment; 
the desirability of the Company to maintain a reputation 
for high standards of business conduct; and the need to act 
fairly between members of the Company. Further information 
can be found on pages 48 to 51 of this Annual Report.

Dividends
We remain on track to deliver against our set strategic 
goals and create long-term sustainable shareholder value. 
Given the continued progress, the Board is proposing to 
increase the final full year dividend by 17.6% to 10.0p per 
share (see note 9), bringing the total ordinary dividend for 
the year to 14.5p per share, an increase of 16.0%, which is 
1.4 times covered by adjusted earnings per share. Subject 
to shareholder approval at the forthcoming Annual General 
Meeting, the dividend will be paid on 15 August 2023 to 
shareholders on the register on 7 July 2023. The ex dividend 
date will be 6 July 2023.

Outlook
While the general economic outlook for the year ahead looks 
no better than the period under review, both nationally and 
internationally, there are factors that promote some optimism. 
Momentum is a very useful ally, and we have confidence in 
being able to increase our market share in what is widely 
recognised as a growing sector of the asset management 
world. By remaining focused on our stated strategy over the 
past year, we have been able to grow the business significantly, 
and sustaining this focus, while remaining alert to other 
opportunities, should enable us to report further progress 
at the end of the 12 month trading period in front of us.

ROGER CORNICK
CHAIRMAN

1.  Alternative performance measures are detailed in note 23.

STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023CHI EF EXECUTIVE OFFICER ’S REVIEW

10 years of continued growth:  
Model portfolios have come of age

I am delighted with the 
performance this year as the 
Group delivered another year 
of strong growth in what has 
been a difficult and volatile 
market environment for 
most asset managers.” 

PAUL  HOGARTH 
CHI EF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

to make excellent progress this year through a combination 
of our resilient markets, strong business model, the strength 
of our distribution and quality of our propositions that 
continue to resonate with our firms and their clients.

Group revenue increased 10.1% to £32.3m (2022: £29.4m) 
and Group adjusted operating profit¹ increased 12.9% to 
£16.4m, with margins improving to 50.7% (2022: 49.5%). 
Cash generation remains very strong and we ended the 
year with cash on the balance sheet of £26.5m (2022: £21.7m).

Tatton  revenue  increased  by  11.1%  to  £25.9m,  further 
underpinned by record organic new net inflows in the year 
of £1.794bn or 15.8% of opening AUM, an average of £149.5m 
per month. In addition to organic flows, we also added 
£1.136bn of AUI in the year following the acquisition of 50% 
of 8AM Global. While markets improved in the second half 
of the year, annually they contracted, reducing AUM by 
£400m or 3.5%, which ultimately delivered a total AUM/
AUI of £13.871bn or a 22.3% increase on the prior year.

AUM MOVEMENT

OPENING AUM 1 APRIL 2022

ORGANIC NET FLOWS

MARKET AND INVESTMENT 
PERFORMANCE

TOTAL AUM 31 MARCH 2023

ACQUISITION 50% 8AM GLOBAL (AUI)

TOTAL AUM/AUI 31 MARCH 2023

£BN

11.341

1.794

(0.400)

12.735

1.136

13.871

8

Introduction
This  year  has  seen  the  Group  continue  its  progress 
and deliver another year of strong financial performance. 
We have also made good progress against our Strategic 
Goals and Priorities which I set out in detail last year. 

We move closer to delivering our stated goal of £15.0bn 
of assets under management (“AUM”) by March 2024 and 
we have complemented our strong organic growth of AUM 
with a successful acquisition strategy. Acquisitions in prior 
years have not only delivered improved AUM but also 
expanded our distribution footprint, giving us greater 
access to more IFAs and potential new flows. This year, 
we have continued this strategy through the acquisition 
of a 50% share in 8AM Global Limited, which now contributes 
£1.136bn of assets under influence (“AUI”) and a solid 
management team. We are enjoying working together and 
look forward to developing the business further together 
in the coming years.

Financial performance
This year has been a difficult year for many businesses 
against the backdrop of war in Ukraine, global economic 
instability, high inflation, labour shortages and major 
geo-political events that have unsettled markets. While 
not wholly unaffected by these issues, we have been able 

Tatton adjusted operating profit1 increased by 13.9% to 
£15.8m and margins were maintained at 61.1%, as investment 
to drive the future growth of the business continued. Tatton 
continues to account for a greater proportion of the income 
and now stands at 80.2% of Group revenue and also 96.5% 
of the Group’s trading profits.

STRATEGIC REPORTTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Q&A

WITH PAUL HOGAR TH   
CHI EF EXECUTIVE 
OFFICER

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

9

How will the new consumer duty rules and regulation 

1. 
impact Tatton?
Unlike most industry commentators, I look forward to embracing 
the new legislation. I categorise it as being as important 
as other previous market defining regulation such as RDR 
(Retail Distribution Review) and TCF (Treating Customers 
Fairly). For me, the main focus of consumer duty is price, 
value and ultimately client outcomes. These three attributes 
have always been at the forefront of our philosophy here 
at Tatton. I know we have all worked hard to be ready and 
compliant, but I believe this will all be worthwhile in due 
course and we are better placed than most, and it may even 
be a competitive advantage to us. 

2.  Why does Tatton adopt the approach of Reliance on 
Others as opposed to Agent as Client in its business model?
We actually have been Reliance on Others from day one. 
We believe that the IFA and their client need to have total 
control of the suitability of the advice while we at Tatton 
remain responsible for the safeguarding of the investment 
management of the portfolio selected. Each end client should 
be contracted with us through the DFM mandate making sure 
that all clients are invested exactly as they should be. Our next 
big campaign is intended to raise awareness with the IFA 
community of the differences between to the two contractual 
relationships. Our position has since been supported by the 
professional indemnity industry, which has questioned the 
disclosure of Agent as Client and a number of our competitors 
have since followed our lead. 

Tatton is 10 years old – how do you see the next 

3. 
10 years developing for the business? 
Now that’s an interesting question. Undoubtedly, we are 
incredibly well positioned for further growth in the DFM MPS 
market. As a bare minimum, we anticipate maintaining our 
market share as the MPS market continues to mature and 
grow. We constantly review the other opportunities in the 
wealth management arena and always come back to the same 
point, which is: there is nothing better than the DFM MPS 
space right now here in the UK. Undoubtedly, other territories 
will adopt the UK market leading position on compliance 
and regulation, replicating our regulators’ concentration on 
the overall costs of investing. This opens up the opportunity 
to further expand our footprint outside of the UK.

4.  Do you think you benefit from being single channel 
i.e. receiving business purely from the IFA community?
Here at Tatton, we have always championed the IFA sector 
and that is evident throughout all our business. We believe the 
IFA market is in rude health and we have been well rewarded 
for supporting and remaining loyal to the IFA community. 
Most of our competitors, as we know, are multi-channel and 
a quick visit to their websites shows that the IFA is just one 
of their routes to market. We have seen some interesting 
moves from market protagonists over the last 12 months as 
they try to get closer to the end client, effectively directly 
competing with the IFA as they attempt to vertically integrate. 
We watch this space with interest.

5.  How will the current market volatility and general 
global economic uncertainty affect Tatton?
Firstly, I would say the Group has managed to navigate its 
way through the last three years and been able to make 
substantial progress against its strategic goals in what has 
been a challenging environment. In the current environment 
and as we look forward, we are comfortable that we have a 
very clear strategy and direction, a strong business model 
and, certainly with Tatton, we participate in a market that is 
growing strongly. In terms of the latter, with our competitive 
attributes of a strong track record, high value competitive 
pricing and best-in-class service with continued focus, we 
intend to take full advantage of that.

Paradigm  revenue  increased  by  6.8%  to  £6.4m.  The 
Paradigm Mortgage business delivered a very good year, 
with involvement in mortgage completions exceeding 
£14.5bn for the first time, a 10.3% increase in the year. 
Operating profit1 remains in line with the prior year at 
£2.4m following investment in our cost base. Including 
new personnel and cost inflation, the corresponding margin 
reduced to 37.6%.

Strategy, progress and market trends
Tatton
10 years of Tatton Investment Management
We are delighted to celebrate the 10th Anniversary of the 
incorporation of Tatton Investment Management Limited 
this year. The last 10 years have flown by since we created 
the business and in all honesty I never envisaged we would 
be so successful with a product that had yet to fully find 
its place in the investment management market. There 
have been many milestones on the way but our first billion 
of AUM to break even and our AIM listing back in 2017, 
which has been very beneficial for the business, remain 
the standout points. I am humbled by our success and 
I  would  like  to  thank  all  our  IFAs  and  firms  that  have 
supported us over the years, and also every one of our 
employees who have helped in this journey, as our success 
would not have been possible without their contribution. 

Over these last 10 years, Tatton has been at the forefront 
of a changing financial services and investment landscape 
and, from a standing start in January 2013, we have created 
a market leading investment business which now manages 
over £12.7bn. This growth has principally been through the 
creation and promotion of a range of risk-rated model 
portfolios, which makes discretionary fund management 
(“DFM”) available to the mass affluent while delivering 
value and consistent investment returns at a market leading 
cost,  exclusively  on  their  chosen  Retail  Investment 
Platform (“Platform”).

Strategic Goals and Priorities
As part of our stated Strategic Goals and Priorities, I want 
to update you on our continued progress in delivering our 
“Roadmap to Growth” strategy, a three-year target of 
increasing AUM by £6.0bn, from £9.0bn in FY21 to £15.0bn 
by FY24, with 50% growth delivered from organic net 
inflows and 50% of the growth through acquisition. With 
one year to go or being two thirds of the way through that 
journey, we have AUM/AUI of £13.9bn. We have delivered 
82% of the target, with approximately three quarters of 
the target achieved through new organic flows. In fact, 
this year alone we delivered record net inflows of £1.794bn 
(2022: £1.277bn), a 40.5% increase on the prior year.

Market development
The assets held on platforms and in Model Portfolio Services 
(“MPS”)  are  now  the  fastest  growing  area  for  wealth 
managers, with a consistent growth rate of c.25% per 
annum. MPS now accounts for over £81bn of advised assets 
on Platforms and accounts for 12% of the £680bn total 
adviser platform assets.

1.  Alternative performance measures are detailed in note 23.

STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023 
CHI EF EXECUTIVE OFFICER ’S REVIEW CONTINUED

I continue to believe 
that, as an MPS focused 
investment manager, 
consumer duty plays to 
our strengths in placing the 
adviser at the heart of the 
value chain and facilitating 
the delivery of improved 
client outcomes.” 

PAUL HOGARTH 
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

0
1

The level of advised assets on platform is forecast to grow 
to over a trillion in the next few years, with the proportion 
of  MPS  also  anticipated  to  take  an  increasing  share 
of this total.

As previously highlighted, new entrants and competition, 
including long-standing traditional investment managers, 
continue to enter the MPS market. While these traditional 
discretionary fund managers have seen redemptions and 
net outflows from funds and bespoke products, they have 
conversely seen good inflows into their MPS offering 
which has underpinned their asset flows. I believe this 
validates my long-held view that MPS has now come of 
age. We anticipate the trend for further MPS growth and 
adoption this year will maintain the strong net inflows we 
have seen across the competitive landscape in the last 
12 months. While it is clear competition is increasing, 
Tatton is very well placed to take advantage of the above 
market opportunity. 

AUM ANALYSIS

£12.735bn

TOTAL AUM

Distribution footprint
As the largest DFM MPS provider, we keep the IFA at the 
heart of our business. We believe it is important to support 
the IFA and we maintain a position that we do not compete 
with our IFAs. Amongst many other factors, we believe 
that  this  has  enabled  us  to  continue  to  increase  our 
distribution footprint; we have increased the number of 
firms to 869 firms (2022: 746). Each year, we have increased 
our distribution footprint organically through adding more 
direct IFA relationships beyond the Paradigm members, 
which was the initial base for Tatton. Importantly, the three 
acquisitions we have made since September 2019 have 
also contributed to this growth and enabled us to further 
expand our reach, as have the range of strategic partnerships 
we hold and maintain. As we look forward, there remains 
significant  opportunity  to  grow  and  deepen  these 
relationships and get a greater share of the IFAs’ available 
assets. At the same time, we will also look to continue to 
add further firms from existing partnerships but also new 
firms beyond these, to obtain a greater share of the overall 
market available, which continues to grow.

Regulation
As the new consumer duty regulation is now imminent, 
preparations should be complete and the implications are 
now clear. There is a clear difference between IFAs as 
distributors when using a third party MPS solution compared 
with advisers running their own portfolios, which potentially 
makes them “manufacturers”, increasing their regulatory 
burden. We have already seen, prior to the regulation 
coming into effect, IFAs migrating away from in-house 
managed portfolios to third party MPS providers. We 
believe this trend is set to continue as the implications of 
consumer duty become more widely understood. Third 
party MPS remains perfectly positioned to respond to 
consumer duty regulation by delivering low cost and 

£1.105bn

Multi-manager funds/Other

£11.630bn

Managed Portfolio Services (“MPS”) 

STRATEGIC REPORTTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023NET INFLOWS

AUM/AUI

£1,794m £13.871bn

2023

2022

2023

2022

£1,277m

£11,341m

competitive  investment  solutions  for  clients,  whilst 
supporting the IFA in meeting consumer duty obligations. 
I continue to believe that, as an MPS focused investment 
manager, consumer duty plays to our strengths in placing 
the adviser at the heart of the value chain and facilitating 
the delivery of improved client outcomes.

movers. As inflation and rising interest rates surpass their 
peaks, the drive and affordability for home ownership will 
return, underpinned by the perennial issue whereby supply 
doesn’t match demand. In the meantime, record levels of 
loan maturities and remortgages continue to be an area 
of focus where brokers’ experience will shine.

Paradigm
2022/23 was a good year for Paradigm’s membership 
division. Revenue increased 6.8% to £6.4m (2022: £6.0m) 
with contribution maintained at £2.4m (2022: £2.4m), 
delivering  a  contribution  margin  of  37.6%.  We  have 
continued to grow and add new firms, with Paradigm 
Consulting firms increasing to 431 (2022: 421) and Paradigm 
Mortgage  firms  increasing  to  1,751  (2022:  1,674).  The 
integration of Paradigm’s compliance and mortgage and 
protection aggregation entities into a single membership 
division has proved successful as the FCA’s regime and 
oversight moves further towards a more consumer focused 
regulatory environment and we have seen the continued 
growth in share of compliance contract sales within our 
Mortgage firm broker base. 

Paradigm Consulting business continued to make steady 
progress, increasing new membership fees as well as other 
consultancy services while also investing in new personnel 
to ensure our service level remains the best in the market. 

2022/23 was an exceptional year for Paradigm’s Mortgage 
business, certainly given the context of the mortgage 
market which demonstrated relentless uncertainty. This 
year has seen borrowers faced with a challenging period 
of rising inflation and interest rates, which combined with 
significant lender service issues arising from the continued 
challenges of working from home, resulting in record process 
and pipeline delays. 

The resilience and value of brokers was never more evident 
during  this  last  year.  This  is  clearly  demonstrated  as 
intermediary share of all mortgages rose to c.85% as 
consumers turned to brokers to help with affordability 
issues arising from rising interest rates, an issue most 
modern-day borrowers had never experienced. The second 
half of the year was affected by the fall out from September’s 
mini-budget,  which  resulted  in  mass  lender  product 
withdrawals, with those remaining charging unaffordable 
rates. Borrowing volumes, especially in the purchase market, 
fell to a near stop; however, brokers moved swiftly to 
address record levels of product transfer maturities and 
protection cross-sales to maintain activities, and with 
calmer  markets,  lenders  began  again  to  compete, 
introducing greater product choice and, critically, lower, 
more affordable rates. Given this context, we are delighted 
with the fact the Paradigm Mortgages participated in a 
record £14.50bn (2022: £13.15bn) of mortgage completions, 
a 10.3% increase on the previous year.

Strategic Goals and Priorities
As we look forward to the new year, our strategic direction 
remains unchanged. 

We will continue to consolidate and build on the gains we 
have made to date and further develop the business to 
drive growth and long-term value creation. Specifically, 
we look to achieve the following:

•  Continue with the strong organic growth of new net 

inflows, utilising our increasing range of firm 
distribution platforms.

•  Deliver the final phase of our three-year “Roadmap 

to Growth” strategy, taking us from £9.0bn in FY21 to 
£15.0bn by FY24. Building on the strong performance 
in 2022/23, where we delivered an additional £1.8bn 
of AUM through organic growth and £1.1bn of AUI 
through acquisition. We anticipate we will reach 
our goal this year with over £1.0bn of organic net 
new inflows.

•  Identify and execute on further acquisitions that 
contribute to the “Roadmap to Growth” strategy 
but also, importantly, fulfil our basic criteria of being 
value enhancing, strategically complementary and 
earnings enhancing.

•  Build on our recent success by delivering further 

strategic partnerships, joint ventures and 
collaborations with larger IFA firms, delivering 
enhanced client outcomes.

•  Continue to grow the number of firms utilising 

Paradigm, specifically taking a greater share of the 
available mortgage broker and intermediary market, 
and growing the level of mortgage completions.

Outlook and summary
In summary, the Group has delivered another strong year 
of growth in net inflows and AUM while demonstrating 
resilience, adaptability, and unwavering commitment to 
our clients. We remain ever more optimistic about the 
future prospects and continue to build on our strengths, 
leveraging  our  wide  distribution  capability,  our  deep 
industry expertise, robust long-term investment performance 
and talented team to deliver our strategic goals. Our 
continued focus will be to expand the number of IFAs we 
work with while driving increased new flows to further 
strengthen  our  position  as  the  leading  MPS  asset 
management  company  and  ensure  the  long-term 
sustainability of our business.

As we look to the new year, despite the cost of living 
challenges ahead, a sense of calmness has returned to the 
mortgage market. We anticipate another year of two halves, 
with initially a quieter purchase market, fuelled by essential 

Lastly, I would like to express my gratitude to our dedicated 
employees, who have demonstrated resilience, creativity, 
and adaptability during these challenging times. Their 
unwavering commitment to our clients and their exceptional 
talent are the driving force behind our success. 

1
1

STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023CHI EF I NVESTMENT OFFICER’S REPORT

1

years of our  
journey to growth

2
1

Tatton Investment Management celebrates 10 years of growth.  
Still a young company, we get a little older, celebrating a decade 
of serving our clients. We are immensely proud of what 
we have accomplished over the years for portfolio investors 
and will continue to be grateful for the trust shown 
in us for the years to come.

STRATEGIC REPORTTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Q&A

WITH  LOTHAR MENT EL
CHI EF INVESTMENT   
OFFICER

1. As we reach Tatton’s 10 year anniversary, 
which achievement are you most proud of? 
When we started, there were already several 
DFMs offering MPS and everyone thought there 
was no opportunity for growth. RDR forced 
independent financial advisers to change their 
approach. The commission-based business model 
was  replaced  with  a  need  to  of fer  true 
independent and effective discretionary wealth 
management advice at an affordable cost.

The offerings from traditional wealth managers 
were unwieldy and too expensive. But we created 
something different. We created a business 
designed to generate consistent risk rated returns 
for private investors while also benefiting the 
advice sector, this remains at the heart of our 
product and service development. We designed 
this around a low cost DFM fee of only 0.15%. 
Despite industry wide scepticism, we now have 
AUM of £12.7 billion and 0.15% is fast becoming 
the industry standard.

2. Is there a particular ethos that has shaped 
your business development since inception? 
That of client service and communication. We 
have reformulated the whole process of giving 
UK retail investors access to returns and services 
which previously were only made available to 
HNWIs (High Net Worth Individuals) with private 
banking and wealth management access.

Where others have needed hundreds of employees 
and heavy operational costs, we have a team of 
just over 50 individuals and are providing more 
ongoing  communications  and  information 
to  advisers  than  many  of  our  competitors. 
Our operational effectiveness is extraordinary, 
as is our client relationship management. 

3. What  would  you  like  to  see  in  terms  of 
progression in the industry and in the business? 
What excites me is to create investment solutions 
and services that continue to democratise retail 
access to discretionary portfolio management 
via platforms. We have already succeeded in 
taking what was only available to HNWIs, and 
making that available to a wider group of people. 
I would like that group to become even larger. 

With the market forecast to grow at a rate of 
25% per annum and reach up to £200 billion by 
the end of 2026, it would be great to help IFAs 
continue to succeed and take a larger slice of a 
growing market.

1
3

TIMELINE

2023

£12.7bn

AUM reaches £12.7bn (March 2023), 
with record net inflows of £1.8bn

2022

+£12.0bn

AUM surpasses £12bn, and 
awarded “Best Investment Service” 
by Moneyfacts 

2020

+£8.0bn

AUM surpasses £8bn, winner of the 
Financial Adviser Service Award and 
launches Tatton’s Bespoke Portfolio 
Service and Global portfolios

2018

+£5.0bn

AUM surpasses £5.0bn, awarded “Best 
DFM” by Moneyfacts and launches 
the full risk range of Ethical portfolios 
and Blended Funds

2016

+£3.0bn

AUM surpasses £3.0bn, awarded 
“Best Boutique Wealth Manager” 
by Wealth Adviser and launches 
Tatton’s AIM portfolio service 

2014

+£1.0bn

AUM reaches and surpasses £1.0bn, 
and launches two new propositions, 
Tatton’s Balanced Ethical and 
Income portfolios

2012

Tatton Investment Management 
Limited is incorporated, and 
launches Tatton’s Managed, 
Core and Tracker portfolios

STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023CHI EF I NVESTMENT OFFICER’S REPORT CONT INUED

First 10 years builds  
foundation for the next

Tatton’s investment process has been tested during both 
benign and volatile market environments, and we are proud 
of our portfolio performance consistency over the last 
10 years. Ensuring investors understand how global events 
impact or benefit their investments is vital to keep them 
on track and committed towards their long-term investment 
goals. To achieve this aim, we have continued to deliver 
benchmark-setting, investment and market communications 
of  highest  relevance  through  video,  webinar  and  the 
investment team’s Tatton Weekly market update. Post 
COVID, we have also adopted a hybrid model of virtual 
and physical interaction with our clients, to best suit their 
needs and preferences.

2022/23 capital markets and returns
Tatton’s strength is based around the ability of its team to 
understand and anticipate market developments. In capital 
market terms (and by nearly any measure), the early 2020s 
have been a period of extraordinary challenge, making it 
even more remarkable that our performance has remained 
consistent throughout. This is testament to the fact that 
our investment team follows a clearly defined, robust and 
repeatable investment process that draws on its experience 
and expertise.

Inflation has dominated in terms of policy. Central banks, 
led by the US Federal Reserve, have aggressively tightened 
policy, seeking to ease inflation through monetary policy 
moves. These measures included dramatic increases in the 
short-term target interest rates and a substantial reduction 
in bond holdings. 

In the UK, Truss’ ill-advised fiscal policy boosted an uptrend 
in bond yields that had been well underway since the 
beginning of the year.

The return of inflation and increasing interest rates mark 
the end of the 40 year bond bull market, as bond prices 
and interest rates move in opposite directions in conventional 
bond securities. This is undoubtedly leading to valuation 
pressures as a result of higher yields, leading to a poor 
year for investors, despite the economy remaining in growth 
mode and showing resilience to the sharpest succession 
of interest rate hikes in a generation.

Higher rates also substantially alter the equity investment 
landscape. Much investor confidence will now depend not 
only on the outcome of the war in Ukraine and the strength 
of its ripples through the global economy, but also on the 
shape of the inflationary pressures it is experiencing and 
if transitory does indeed become systematic inflation. The 
war in Ukraine certainly exacerbates inflation, as well as 
accelerating the transition to a non-carbon fuel economy, 
if nothing else, now out of sheer necessity.

The impact of energy commodity price increases and the 
winter of cold homes and discontent did not lead to a 
recession in the UK and Europe, as predicted, pointing 
perhaps to a brighter environment ahead, but equity markets 
are in a challenging period, reflecting a transformation in 
the underlying economic environment. A combination of 

4
1

Proposition development 
The experience and understanding that we have developed 
as a team means that we recognise the importance of 
listening to our clients. By better understanding their 
needs, we have evolved our service to further embed 
Tatton into their operating models. To achieve this at 
ever greater scale, we have continued to invest in our 
proprietary adviser facing and platform connecting 
IT platform, the Tatton Portal, which is the operational 
engine room of our success, and a key differentiator 
in the market we serve.

With online client portfolio and valuation information for 
advisers (and Tatton), the portal embeds us operationally 
into IFAs’ day to day business, offering a wide range of 
IFA tools. These include personalised investment proposals; 
E-signing; adviser dashboards; as well as a document 
resource library; factsheets; and white label and co-branded 
portal access.

Our  Ethical  (ESG)  portfolios  (launched  in  2014)  have 
continued to grow, but compared with previous years had 
a more challenging year, caused principally by the relative 
return headwinds of the energy and resource price shock. 
We believe, however, that consumer interest remains strong 
and our experience in the sector has been built up over 
many years, with a long-standing commitment to giving 
the clients of financial advisers genuine transparency 
in how their discretionary assets are allocated.

STRATEGIC REPORTTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Risk-reward
Time period: 01/04/2013 to 31/03/2023

INVESTMENT PORTFOLI O R ETURNS TABL E

10.0

n
r
u
t
e
R

8.0

6.0

4.0

2 .0

LEG END

  Tatton Managed Active
  Tatton Managed Aggressive
  Tatton Managed Balanced
  Tatton Managed Cautious
  Tatton Managed Defensive
  Tatton Managed Global Equity
  ARC Cautious PCI TR GBP
  ARC Balanced Asset PCI TR GBP
  ARC Steady Growth PCI TR GBP 
  ARC Equity Risk PCI TR GBP
  IA Flexible Investment
  IA Mixed Investment 0–35% Shares
  IA Mixed Investment 20–60% Shares
  IA Mixed Investment 40–85% Shares

0.0

2 .0

4.0

6.0

8.0

10.0

12.0

14.0

Risk

rising interest rates and a persistent surge in the inflation 
rate has created substantial headwinds for a wide swath 
of the investment markets, equities included, with significant 
“repricing” occurring in stock markets during 2022.

For 2023, we do see a transition from pain to gain. While 
we still see a bumpy road ahead, investors can lock in yields 
that have not been this high in years. More stability in 
interest rates and clarity on monetary policy should bring 
flows back into fixed income.

While the bond market suffered in 2022, so did the tech 
stock-heavy Nasdaq 100, an index with greater potential for 
high long-term returns. Present value calculations of future 
earnings for equities are tied to assumptions about interest 
rates and inflation. If investors anticipate higher rates in the 
future, it reduces the present value of future earnings for 
equities. When this occurs, prices tend to face more pressure. 
The hardest hit stocks have primarily been those with premium 
price-to-earnings (“P/E”) multiples. These included secular 
growth and technology companies that enjoyed extremely 
strong performance since the pandemic began. Our decision 
to  remain  (in  the  main)  underweight  in  these  stocks 
and US equities more generally proved the right decision. 
Moving forward, we see more decoupling of the global 
economy and opportunities within Asian markets.

An additional factor that creates challenges for equity 
markets is higher debt costs (resulting from elevated interest 
rates), which can reduce corporate profits. Companies that 
have to roll over debt in today’s market must pay more for 
that debt. That opens the door to the potential for reduced 
corporate earnings going forward. Lower earnings are 
typically reflected in lower equity prices.

It should be noted that a changing interest rate environment, 
while creating more headwinds for equities, does not mean 
there is not continued upside opportunity. The key is how 
well companies perform. One of the variables we are 
watching is whether inflation declines sufficiently so that 
equities valuations are still considered reasonable given 
the underlying environment. A return to lower inflation 
would generally benefit equities.

Outlook 
2023 is certainly tricky to forecast and valuation arguments 
are  never  the  best  guide  to  short-term  stock  market 
performance.  However,  valuations  often  guide  how 
professional  investors  position  over  the  shorter  term 
between asset classes. Being underweight, equities seems 
to be a “crowded” trade, but the increasing likelihood of 
a steep downturn in the US economy, combined with 
valuations being at low levels, signals that now could be 
an attractive time to (tentatively) invest in bonds. Increasing 
yields and spreads have left many parts of the bond market 
far more favourably priced.

Our investment philosophy and process are deeply founded 
on a principle of portfolio stewardship. Stewardship, to us, 
means keeping portfolios aligned to the desired long-term 
investment objectives in the face of a constantly changing 
world. As such, we offer clients a broad range of investment 
risk exposure and investment strategies, always guarding 
against the unintended risks that can arise when making 
such investments.

1
5

Invariably, if you chase performance, you end up shooting 
yourself in the foot, and Tatton’s approach has always been 
to remain calm in the face of volatility, adopting a level 
headed  management  of  portfolios.  Our  performance 
highlighted in the table above bears testament to that.

The scalability of our model is maintained through our 
operational efficiency, our flexibility and the strength of 
our team in implementing our strategy. We have emerged 
from the global upheavals of recent years as a much bigger, 
better and more resilient business.

We are extremely proud of our achievements during the 
last 10 years, but our focus is resolutely fixed on the next 
10 years, as we build on our strong foundations to continue 
to deliver for the clients of financial advisers whatever 
economic environment develops. We are perfectly placed 
to benefit from increased investor interest and involvement, 
and a desire to have the more “grown-up” investment 
approach  that  personal  portfolios  on  platform  can 
undoubtedly provide.

LOTHAR MENTEL
CHI EF INVESTMENT OFFI CER

STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023M ARK ET SHARE AND TREN DS

Our marketplace

OU R MA RKET

2017

2 018

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

2025

£4.9bn
11.8%

£6.1bn
12.7%

£6.7bn
12.3%

£9.0bn
13.5%

£11.3bn
13.9%

£13.9bn

Tatton AUM/AUI
% of on-platform
DFM funds under 
management 
(“FUM”)

6
1

Total  
on-platform
FUM4

5.6%
Size: £25bn

On-platform
DFM FUM as  
a % of total  
on-platform  
FUM4

8.5%
Size: 
£41.6bn

9.7%
Size: 
£48.1bn

10.1%
Size: 
£54.5bn

11.2%
Size: 
£66.6bn

12.0%
Size: 
£81.4bn

900

85 0

80 0

750

70 0

650

60 0

55 0

500

450

400

n
b
£

M ARKET TREN DS/OUR MAR KETPLACE
Tatton operates in the structurally attractive UK wealth 
market that has delivered considerable growth in recent 
years. Despite the current macro environment backdrop, 
the growth outlook for the UK wealth management market 
remains positive, with the markets expected to grow at an 
annual rate of 6% to 8% to £2.5 trillion by 2026. Driving this 
growth are the fiscal and regulatory changes which have 
promoted  investment  and  savings,  and  we  have  also 
continued to see the ongoing shift from DB pension schemes 
to DC along with the changing demographic of an ageing 
population and their focus on retaining wealth over the 
long term. The Group remains well positioned in this market 
as Tatton’s core niche in the UK wealth market, “on-platform 
MPS”,  is  the  fastest-growing  segment  of  the  wealth 
management market and is forecast to grow from £81.4 billion 
today to c.£200 billion by 2026.

Tatton has continued to grow strongly, with AUM/AUI 
increasing to £13.9 billion or 23%, and this year we achieved 
record net inflows of £1.8 billion. We remain confident that 
we can continue to benefit from the structural tailwinds 
supported by our broad distribution reach and relationships, 
with over 869 firms supported by our third party distribution 
partnerships, along with our breadth of offering and track 
record of consistent investment performance over the last 
10  years.  Complementing  this,  Paradigm  Mortgage 
involvement in lending increased by 10.3% to £14.5 billion 
against a difficult mortgage market backdrop specifically 
in the latter part of 2022 and continuing into early 2023. 
This growth demonstrates the strength of the proposition 
as we continue to add new firms, which now stand at 1,751.

As our marketplace continues to evolve, the Group remains 
prepared to take advantage of the growth opportunities 
that these trends present.

STRATEGIC REPORTTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023 
G ROWIN G ST RENGTH OF T HE IFA SECTOR
M ARKET CON DITIONS 
The requirement for advice from IFAs remains unchanged. 
There is increasing demand for advice, with annual growth 
of c.7–9% p.a., particularly in the affluent/mass affluent 
segments as clients continue to make complex decisions 
around  financial  planning.  However,  regulatory  and 
technological change continue to drive consolidation across 
the industry. 

O UR RESPON SE 
Tatton’s evolving proposition range and quality of service 
to our IFA firms drives our organic growth as more advisers 
place their trust in Tatton as their outsourced investment 
expert. There continues to be an increasing awareness 
within the financial adviser community that MPS solutions 
fit both their clients’ needs while helping the adviser deliver 
against their regulatory requirements.

Number of Directly Authorised IFA Firms²

5,512 

2. PIMFA, November 2020

PRINCIPAL RISKS 1, 2, 3

IN CREASIN G COM PETITION AND 
CO NSOL IDAT ION
MA RKET CON DI TI ONS 
IFA consolidation continues to be a factor in the marketplace, 
as does the increasing number of firms offering DFM MPS 
as they look to capitalise on the market opportunity.

O UR RESPON SE 
The market for on-platform MPS is expected to more than 
double to £200 billion by 2026. Tatton remains the leading 
brand  in  the  market  benefitting  from  our  scale,  wide 
distribution footprint, an investment performance track 
record of over 10 years and a market leading price and 
service proposition.

P R I N C I PA L   R I S K S  2 ,   8 ,   1 3

DISRUPT ION IN THE INVESTMENT MARKETS
MA RKET CON DITIONS
This financial year has been another year of volatility against 
a difficult macro-economic backdrop and many asset 
managers have seen material outflows from their funds. 
This market disruption can significantly affect consumer 
confidence and alter both their short and long-term attitudes 
towards savings and investment. 

O UR RESPON SE
Tatton  has  continued  to  demonstrate  its  operational 
resilience throughout recent years where markets have 
been challenging. Demand remains strong for lower cost 
on-platform discretionary investment management solutions 
and in this difficult environment Tatton delivered record 
net inflows of £1.8 billion. Throughout this period, our 
investment performance has been strong and we continue 
to support IFAs with regular communications providing 
increased understanding of how global events impact or 
benefit their clients’ investments.

PRIN CI PAL RI SKS 1, 3

UK MORTGAGE MARKET – R ES IL IE NCE
MARKET CONDITIONS
The resilience of the UK housing market remains intact. 
We anticipate a year of two halves, with initially a quieter 
purchase market, fuelled by essential movers. As inflation 
and rising interest rates surpass their peaks, the drive and 
affordability for home ownership will return, underpinned 
by the perennial issue where supply doesn’t match demand. 

OUR RESPONSE
We will continue to focus on increasing the number of 
firms we work with to sustain lending volumes and take 
advantage  of  record  levels  of  loan  maturities  and 
remortgages, which will continue to be an area of focus. 
Alongside this, we will continue to take advantage of the 
opportunities  to  grow  cross-sales  activities  across 
protection, general insurance and compliance support.

2022 gross lending3 

2021 gross lending3 

£322bn

3. UK Finance calendar year data

£316bn 

PRINCIPAL RISKS 1, 2, 3

IMPACT OF  REGULATORY C HANGE
MARKET COND ITIONS 
The ability of IFAs to meet the growing demand for financial 
advice continues to be challenged, partly due to increased 
regulatory  pressures,  such  as  the  implementation 
of  Investment  Firm  Prudential  Regime  (“IFPR”)  and 
more  recently  the  new  regulation  on  consumer  duty. 
The consequences are IFAs face significant costs and 
resource challenges. 

OUR RESPONSE 
Regulatory requirements are increasing the demand for a 
centralised investment proposition and we constantly 
monitor and review changes in the regulatory environment 
for both the impact on our Group as well as our firms. In 
our Paradigm Consulting business, our compliance experts 
support our member firms through any changes as they 
manage the impact of new regulation on their businesses.

1
7

P R I N C I PA L   R I S KS  2, 3

GROWING STRENGTH OF P LATFOR M MARK ET
MARKET CONDITIONS
Strong growth is expected to be in retail advised platform 
assets (8–10% segment growth p.a.) as platforms benefit 
from the growth in the underlying adviser market. They 
remain an increasingly attractive method by which consumers 
are able to engage more closely with their financial planning 
and monitor their investments to aid decision making. 

OUR RESPONSE 
While we remain platform agnostic, our proposition is 
available across 20 investment platforms and we will 
continue to be accessible on new and emerging platforms 
to meet client demand. 

2022 assets4

2021 assets4

£680.1bn

4. Platforum, May 2022

£593.9bn

PRINCIPAL RISKS 1 , 2, 3

PR IN CIPAL RISKS
1. 

 ADVERSE MACRO-ECONOMIC, 
POLITICAL AND MARKET FACTORS
 CHANGING COMPETITIVE 
ENVIRONMENT
 REGULATORY RISK
 CHANGE TO UK TAX LAW

2. 

3. 
4. 

5. 

6. 

7. 
8. 

 FAILURE OF A THIRD PARTY 
SERVICE PROVIDER
  FAILURE TO RECRUIT AND RETAIN 
QUALITY PERSONNEL
 FAILURE OF INVESTMENT STRATEGY
 LOSS OR FAILURE OF KEY IFA CLIENT

9. 

 SYSTEM FAILURE, CYBER SECURITY 
AND DATA PROTECTION
10.   COUNTERPARTY CREDIT RISK
11. 
 LIQUIDITY RISK
12.   BANK DEFAULT
13.   CONCENTRATION RISK

STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023O UR BUSIN ESS MODEL

How we
do business

Our success is attributed to our close collaboration 
with IFAs, enabling us to understand both the IFAs 
and their clients’ requirements. This approach not 
only grants us valuable market insights but also 
facilitates the enhancement of the Group’s 
comprehensive offering.

Our inputs

How we create long-term value

RE LAT ION SHIPS WITH IFAS
Our high calibre investment 
management, consultancy, and 
mortgage-related services equip IFAs 
with the tools necessary to assist their 
clients. We foster enduring partnerships 
with IFAs to aid them in expanding and 
improving their businesses.

R EGULATORY KNOWLEDGE
With extensive regulatory expertise and 
technical proficiency, our Paradigm 
Consulting team provides exceptional 
assistance to IFAs in response to the 
heightened need for guidance in a 
heavily regulated industry.

8
1

C AP ITA L ALLO CATION
Capital is reserved for regulatory 
obligations and investment objectives. 
The Board evaluates prospective 
acquisition prospects that complement 
and align with our existing model, while 
also improving earnings and enhancing 
shareholder value.

T ECH NOLOGY
The Group allocates resources to 
technology via both operational and 
capital expenditures. Investment 
priorities are identified based on 
technology’s ability to bolster the 
Group’s long-term growth strategy.

B RA N D RECOGNITION
Our brand awareness has steadily 
increased, thanks to the Group’s 
cost-effective marketing approach 
which incorporates direct marketing, 
events, public relations, and referrals.

TALEN T ED PE OPLE
Our Group attracts, nurtures, 
and retains exceptional individuals 
with pertinent expertise to execute 
our strategy and provide high 
quality service.

CLIENT  FINANCIAL  GOALS

Investment 
goals

Length of 
investment

Risk appetite

IFA 

We diligently oversee 
IFAs’ clients’ investments, 
regularly enhancing 
our offerings to meet 
their evolving needs. 
Additionally, we extend 
support to assist firms 
in growing their 
clients’ wealth and 
prioritise relationship-
building efforts.

Our business model is underpinned by:

OUR STRATEGY

OUR  RISK MANAGEMENT   
FRAMEWORK

 Read more on page 20

 Read more on page 30

STRATEGIC REPORTTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Strategic objectives

TATTON   
INVESTMENT PORTFOL IOS 
AN D FUN DS

PARADIGM   
MORTGAGES   
AND INSURANC E

869

firms

107,010

client accounts

£12.735bn

AUM

44

risk-rated portfolios 
across a range of strategies 
across 20 platforms

£1.136bn

8AM Global AUI

1,751

member firms

£14.50bn

mortgage completions

COM PLIANCE ADVI CE   

AND SUPPORT  TO IFAS

431

Consulting member firms

+5,000

technical helpdesk enquiries 
and file review checks per year

OU R HIGH STANDARDS OF 
CO RPO RAT E GOVERNANCE

HOW WE ENGAGE   
WITH OUR STAKEHOLDER S 

 Read more on page 54

 Read more on page 48

1.  Alternative performance measures are detailed in note 23.

Our outputs

SHAREHOLD ERS
The Group has a cash-generating 
business model, substantial recurring 
revenue, and robust profit margins in 
a growing market. The value generated 
by the business is either distributed to 
shareholders as dividends or reinvested 
to fuel future growth. Additionally, 
our progressive dividend policy reflects 
our commitment to long-term value 
creation – see page 64.

CLIENTS
We assist clients in realising their 
long-term objectives by delivering 
high quality service and expertly 
managing their wealth through our 
versatile, responsive, and cost-effective 
range of portfolios and funds.

IFAS
We provide IFAs with support in an 
increasingly regulated environment 
and access to whole of market lenders 
and distributors.

1
9

EMPLOYEES
Our employees play a vital role in 
supporting our clients and driving 
shareholder value. As such, we 
provide them with enriching career 
opportunities that challenge and 
reward them while also fostering 
learning and development.

SOCIETY
The Group’s offerings to IFAs 
and their clients instil confidence 
in saving and investing. Committed 
to social responsibility, we take 
our environmental and societal 
obligations seriously, consistently 
advancing and achieving our ESG 
objectives. See pages 36 to 47.

AUM/AUI¹ 

£13.871bn

Adjusted operating profit¹ 

£16.402m

STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023O UR STRATEGY FOR GROWTH

Moving forwards with confidence:  
Strategies for long-term success

O UR STRATEGY   
AND  D ESC RIPTION

2 02 3 ACHIEVEMENTS

0
2

2 024 O BJECTIVES

K EY P ERFORMANCE
INDIC ATORS (“KPIs ”)

RISKS

 DEEPEN OUR IFA   
RELATIONSHIPS TO GR OW AUM
Strengthening existing IFA/client  
relationships and building new 
long-term relationships, delivering 
sustainable value for both the  
IFA/clients and shareholders

•  AUM has increased by 12.3% to 

£12.735bn from £11.341bn in the prior 
year across all firms and clients
•  The number of firms in the year 

increased by 16.5% to 869

•  The acquisition of 50% of 8AM Global, 
contributing £1.136bn of AUI from 
over 90 firms

ORGANIC GROWTH – 
INCREASE SHARE  OF OUR 
RESPECTIVE MARKETS
Further penetrate our markets adding 
new firms in Tatton and new members 
in Paradigm

•  New firms and new members 
increased across all parts of 
the business

•  Paradigm Consulting +2.4% to 431
•  Paradigm Mortgages +4.6% to 1,751
•  Tatton +16.5% to 869

•  We continue to invest in account 
management, both internal and 
external, to ensure we are well 
placed to service the IFAs’ needs
•  Further broaden our proposition 

and service portfolio

•  Maintain the market leading 

product and service proposition

•  Maintain new firm growth 

in Tatton, leveraging strategic 
partnerships complimented 
through further marketing 
and account management

TATTON FI RM  NUMBERS
869
GROWTH IN TATTON  FIRMS
16.5%
MORTGAGES MEMBERS
1,751
CONSULTING MEMBERS
431
INTERNAL
•  Loss or failure of key IFA client
•  Failure of investment strategy 

EXTERNAL
•  Increasing level of competition 

and new entrants into the  
MPS market

•  IFA consolidation reduces 

the number of targets with the 
potential to impact existing firms

NET INFLOWS
£1.794bn
NET INFLOWS AS % 
OF OPENI NG AUM
15.8%
INCREASE IN   
AUM IN THE YEAR
12.3%

INTERNAL
•  Failure of investment strategy 
•  Key personnel risk 

(failure to recruit or 
retain quality personnel)

EXTERNAL 
•  Changing regulatory and 

competitive environment which 
could adversely impact AUM 
and client number targets
•  Adverse macro-economic, 

political and market factors 
which affect performance

•  System failure, cyber security 
and data protection breaches 
causing reputational damage

 M &A  AND  J V  ACT IV IT Y 

RE MAI NS  PAR T  O F T HE 

 M IGR AT IO N  OF  ASSE T 

“B ACK  B O OKS”

ST R ATE GIC PARTN ERS HIPS

We will develop strategic 

GRO U P ’S  GR OWT H ST RAT EGY

We look to migrate existing clients’ 

partnerships/alliances as an additional 

We continue to look to complement 

back book of assets over to Tatton 

distribution channel to increase assets 

our strong organic growth through 

in the medium term

on the Tatton DFM service

targeted acquisitions and entering into 

strategically aligned joint ventures

•  Completed the acquisition of 50% 

•  This financial year, we 

•  This is the first full year of the 

of share capital of 8AM Global 

developed and migrated 

Limited with £1.136bn of AUI, 

primarily focused on delivering 

back books with a total 

value of £363m across 

strategic partnership with Fintel plc. 

At March 2023, over 70 firms have 

contributed over £0.5bn to Tatton’s 

risk-profiled model portfolios 

Tatton’s 869 firms

overall AUM of £12.7bn 

which complement Tatton’s 

•  To support the migration, 

•  We have also brought on board 

existing propositions

we continue to set up white 

new IFA firms following our 

•  We have continued to develop a 

label, co-brands and AIAs 

partnerships with Sesame Bankhall 

strong pipeline of potential targets 

with existing firms, with five 

and Threesixty Services

to support future M&A activity

new white labelling firm 

brands this year

•  Our ambition is to grow both 

•  We maintain a pipeline of back 

•  Continue to develop existing 

organically and also through 

book opportunities. As we head 

strategic alliances and develop 

making strategic acquisitions that 

into the new financial year, we will 

new relationships that align 

are earnings enhancing and have 

look to execute the migrations 

the potential to fit our wider 

strategic objectives. We will 

while developing further 

opportunities to add 

continue to evaluate opportunities 

to the pipeline

objectives and deliver the best 

outcomes for the client and IFA

as and when they arise

8 AM  GLOBAL  AUI

£1.136bn

CASH  AT BANK

£26.5m

STR ONG  PIPE LI NE   

O F POT ENTIAL   

J OI NT  VENTUR ES 

AND  ACQ UI SI TIO NS

AU M

£12.735bn

WH ITE  L ABE L LI NG  FIR M 

B RANDS

24

ATTRI B UTABLE AU M

£2.7bn

I NTERNAL

I NTERNAL

I NTERNAL

•  Due diligence and post-

•  Failure of investment strategy 

•  Key personnel risk 

acquisition integration risk

•  Key personnel risk 

(relationship management)

•  Liquidity risk where the  

Group is unable to obtain 

sufficient funding

(relationship management)

•  Failure of investment strategy

•  Loss or failure of key IFA client

EX TER NAL 

EX TER NAL 

•  Changing competitive 

EX TER NAL 

•  Changing competitive 

environment

•  Changes in regulatory 

environment 

requirements

•  Failure of a third party  

•  Adverse macro-economic, 

platform provider

•  Regulatory changes affecting 

the Group’s ability to reach 

new distribution channels

political and market factors 

which affect the valuation of 

target companies/fund ranges

•  Interest rate risk on borrowings

•  Bank default

STRATEGIC REPORTTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023O UR  STRATEGY   

AND  D ESCRIPTION

2023 ACHIEVEMENTS

•  AUM has increased by 12.3% to 

•  New firms and new members 

 DEEPEN OUR IFA   

ORGANIC GROWTH – 

RELATIONSHIPS TO GR OW AUM

INCREASE SHARE  OF OUR 

Strengthening existing IFA/client  

RESPECTIVE MARK ETS

relationships and building new 

Further penetrate our markets adding 

long-term relationships, delivering 

new firms in Tatton and new members 

sustainable value for both the  

in Paradigm

IFA/clients and shareholders

£12.735bn from £11.341bn in the prior 

increased across all parts of 

year across all firms and clients

the business

•  The number of firms in the year 

•  Paradigm Consulting +2.4% to 431

increased by 16.5% to 869

•  Paradigm Mortgages +4.6% to 1,751

•  The acquisition of 50% of 8AM Global, 

•  Tatton +16.5% to 869

contributing £1.136bn of AUI from 

over 90 firms

The Group continues to deliver increasing AUM, new customer 
acquisitions and improving financial results against the 
backdrop of a complex and challenging market environment.

We are focused on the provision of products and services 
that an IFA requires to service its clients and continue to invest 
in both people and technology that will enhance and enable 
our business model. The Group is strategically well positioned 
in its respective markets, and we continue to develop and 
reinforce our business. To augment our organic growth we 
will look to make acquisitions that will enhance earnings and 
contribute to our broad strategic goals and the Group remains 
optimistic about its long-term prospects.

 M& A AND  JV ACTIVITY 
REMA IN S PA RT OF THE 
GROU P ’ S GROWTH STRATEGY
We continue to look to complement 
our strong organic growth through 
targeted acquisitions and entering into 
strategically aligned joint ventures

•  Completed the acquisition of 50% 
of share capital of 8AM Global 
Limited with £1.136bn of AUI, 
primarily focused on delivering 
risk-profiled model portfolios 
which complement Tatton’s 
existing propositions

•  We have continued to develop a 

strong pipeline of potential targets 
to support future M&A activity

 MIGRATION  OF ASSET 
“BACK BOOKS”
We look to migrate existing clients’ 
back book of assets over to Tatton 
in the medium term

STRATEGIC PARTNERSHI PS
We will develop strategic 
partnerships/alliances as an additional 
distribution channel to increase assets 
on the Tatton DFM service

•  This financial year, we 

•  This is the first full year of the 

developed and migrated 
back books with a total 
value of £363m across 
Tatton’s 869 firms

•  To support the migration, 

we continue to set up white 
label, co-brands and AIAs 
with existing firms, with five 
new white labelling firm 
brands this year

strategic partnership with Fintel plc. 
At March 2023, over 70 firms have 
contributed over £0.5bn to Tatton’s 
overall AUM of £12.7bn 

•  We have also brought on board 
new IFA firms following our 
partnerships with Sesame Bankhall 
and Threesixty Services

2
1

2024 OBJECTIVES

•  We continue to invest in account 

•  Maintain new firm growth 

management, both internal and 

in Tatton, leveraging strategic 

external, to ensure we are well 

partnerships complimented 

placed to service the IFAs’ needs

through further marketing 

•  Further broaden our proposition 

and account management

and service portfolio

•  Maintain the market leading 

product and service proposition

•  Our ambition is to grow both 
organically and also through 
making strategic acquisitions that 
are earnings enhancing and have 
the potential to fit our wider 
strategic objectives. We will 
continue to evaluate opportunities 
as and when they arise

•  We maintain a pipeline of back 

•  Continue to develop existing 

book opportunities. As we head 
into the new financial year, we will 
look to execute the migrations 
while developing further 
opportunities to add 
to the pipeline

strategic alliances and develop 
new relationships that align 
objectives and deliver the best 
outcomes for the client and IFA

KEY   PERFORMANCE

I ND I CATORS (“KPIs ”)

RI SKS

TATTON FIRM  NUMBERS

GROWTH IN TATTO N FIRMS

869

16.5%

1,751

431

INTERNAL

MORTGAGES MEMBERS

CONSULTING M EM BERS

NET I NFLOWS

£1.794bn

NET I NFLOWS  AS  % 

OF OPENING AUM

15.8%

INCREASE I N   

AUM IN THE YEAR

12.3%

INTERNAL

•  Key personnel risk 

(failure to recruit or 

retain quality personnel)

EXTERNAL 

and client number targets

•  Adverse macro-economic, 

political and market factors 

which affect performance

•  System failure, cyber security 

and data protection breaches 

causing reputational damage

8A M GLOBA L AUI
£1.136bn
CASH AT BANK
£26.5m
ST RO NG P IPE LINE   
OF P OTENTI AL   
JOIN T VEN TURES 
A N D ACQUISI TIONS

AUM
£12.735bn
WHITE LABELLING FI RM 
BRANDS
24

ATTRIBUTABLE AUM
£2.7bn

•  Failure of investment strategy 

•  Loss or failure of key IFA client

•  Failure of investment strategy 

EXTERNAL

•  Increasing level of competition 

and new entrants into the  

•  Changing regulatory and 

MPS market

competitive environment which 

•  IFA consolidation reduces 

could adversely impact AUM 

the number of targets with the 

INTERNA L
•  Due diligence and post-

acquisition integration risk

•  Liquidity risk where the  

Group is unable to obtain 
sufficient funding

EX TERN AL 
•  Changes in regulatory 

requirements

INTERNAL
•  Failure of investment strategy 
•  Key personnel risk 

(relationship management)
•  Loss or failure of key IFA client

EXTERNAL 
•  Changing competitive 

environment 

•  Failure of a third party  

potential to impact existing firms

•  Adverse macro-economic, 

platform provider

INTERNAL
•  Key personnel risk 

(relationship management)
•  Failure of investment strategy

EXTERNAL 
•  Changing competitive 

environment

•  Regulatory changes affecting 
the Group’s ability to reach 
new distribution channels

political and market factors 
which affect the valuation of 
target companies/fund ranges
•  Interest rate risk on borrowings
•  Bank default

STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023STRATE GY AT  A GLANCE

Growing in a dynamic market

Capitalising on more 
IFA partnerships

TAT TON  ASSE TS UNDER MA NAGEMENT

£12.7bn

ASSETS UNDER  MANAGEMENT

Global  
economic volatility

War in  
Ukraine

2
2

n
o

i
l
l
i

b
£

13.0

12.0

11.0

10.0

9.0

8.0

7.0

6.0

5.0

4.0

3.0

2.0

Tatton Incorporated

1.0

0.0

Global pandemic

March 2020 market crash

Longest bull run history

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

Growth by keeping the IFA at the heart of our business

NUMBER OF IFA FIRMS

This year, we have continued to increase the number of 
IFA firms we work with by 16.5% to 869 firms (2022: 746). 
Our ability to increase our distribution footprint and direct 
IFA relationships beyond our initial base of Paradigm members 
has significantly contributed to the growth in AUM over the 
years, and since our public listing in 2017 the number of firms 
has grown at a compound annual growth rate of 24.2%. 

Adding to our organic growth the three acquisitions we have 
made since September 2019 and the range of strategic 
partnerships we have entered into have all contributed to this 
growth and enabled us to further expand our reach. As we 
look forward there remains significant opportunity to grow 
and deepen these relationships and get a greater share of the 
IFAs’ available assets.

Read more in our Market  
share and trends section

869 

+16.5%

NUMBER OF CLIENT ACCOU NTS

107,010

+19.2%

STRATEGIC REPORTTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023 
2
3

NUMBER OF IFA  FIRMS

869 

+16.5%

NUMBER OF CLIENT ACCOU N TS

107,010

+19.2%

STRONG ORGANIC NET INFLOWS

£1,794m+40.5%

STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 20234
2

PARADIGM MORTGAGES COMPLETIONS

£14.5bn

STRATEGIC REPORTTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023STRATE GY AT  A GLANCE 
CON TI NUED

Growing in a dynamic market

UK mortgage  
market 

PARADIGM  INTERMEDIARY  MARK ET SHAR E

4.4%

+1.5%

PARADIGM  MOR TGAGES  FIR MS

1,751

+4.6%

2
5

The resilience and value of IFAs and brokers was 
never more evident than during this last year.

While the results of Government policy on interest rates 
are still being felt, the situation has stabilised and rates 
and products have returned to near normal. Over this 
time, consumers continued to turn to IFAs and brokers 
to help with affordability, particularly in areas such as 
loan maturities and remortgages, providing an opportunity 
for advisers to help clients move to better rates.

The Lloyds Banking Group data below shows the size 
of the UK mortgage market and how much lending is 
directly through lenders compared to third party 
intermediary businesses. It also highlights that the 
intermediary share of all mortgage completions 
is estimated to continue to rise to c.85%. As a consequence, 
Paradigm remains in a strong position to build on its 
intermediary market share following the delivery 
of record completions of £14.50bn this year.

Read more in our Market 
share and trends section

UK  MORTGAGE LENDING   
£bn

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

90%

80%

70%

60%

50%

40%

30%

20%

10%

0%

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023f

Direct completions

Intermediary completions

Direct product transfers

Intermediary product transfers

Overall total lending

Int. Channel Share% (Completions)

Int. Channel Sh% (Completions & product transfers)

Int. Channel Share% (Product transfers)

STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023STRATE GY AT  A GLANCE 
CON TI NUED

Growing in a dynamic market

We focus on managing 
the investments of 
IFAs’ clients

Keeping advisers central to the client relationship

TATTON MPS SIZE

Tatton operates under the Reliance on Others regulatory 
regime, which means we take responsibility for the 
investment decisions we make, rather than creating a 
gap between us and the end client through the Agent 
as Client operating model.

Reliance on Others keeps the adviser central in the 
relationship, and includes a direct investment agreement 
between the DFM and each underlying client, with the 
DFM taking on the client as a retail client. This means 
that the DFM takes on some of regulatory responsibilities 
for the client. The contract is orchestrated by the adviser 
who stays in control of the relationship. The DFM relies 
on information provided by the adviser, rather than 
dealing directly with the client.

6
2

£11.6bn
£1.1bn

AUI ADDED 
FOLLOWING A 50% 
INVESTMENT IN 8AM GLOBAL

Read more in our Market  
share and trends section

TATTO N ECOSYSTEM

IFA firms
Direct
Paradigm
Tenet
Fintel
8AM firms
Threesixty
Sesame Bankhall

TATTON MPS
Nucleus
Aviva
Transact
Abrdn Wrap
Aegon
+15 other
platforms

8AM GLOBAL
Other platforms

PARADIGM
CONSULTING

PARADIGM
MORTGAGES

Tatton Asset  
Management

TATTON FUNDS/OTHER
Novia
Cofunds
Abrdn Elevate

STRATEGIC REPORTTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 20232
7

TATTON MPS SIZE

£11.6bn

STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023KEY  PE RFORMANCE INDICATORS

Group 
performance

STRATE GIC O BJECTIVES
The Group uses these financial and 
strategic key performance indicators 
(“KPIs”) to measure its progress and 
the achievement against its strategy.

DEEPEN OUR IFA RELATIONSHIPS 
TO GROW AUM
TAT TON FIRM NUM BERS

869

ORGANIC GROWTH – INCREASE SH ARE 
OF OUR RESPECTIVE MARKETS
NET INFLOWS

£1.794bn

M& A AND JV ACTIVITY
ACQ UISITION OF 50% OF 8AM  GLOBAL

£1.1bn

MIGRATION OF ASSET “BACK  BOOKS”
W E P ROVIDE A WHITE LABEL 
P RO P OSITION TO

24 firms

ST RATEGIC PARTNERSHIPS
ATTRIBUTABLE AUM

£2.7bn

8
2

FINANCIAL KPIs

Group revenue (£m)
Revenue generated by the  
Group for the financial year.

Adjusted operating 
profit¹ (£m)
Adjusted operating profit¹  
generated by the Group.

Fully diluted  
adjusted EPS¹ (p)
Adjusted profit after tax¹ 
divided by the weighted 
average number of fully 
diluted ordinary shares.

Proposed final  
dividend (p)
Proposed final dividend  
per share.

NON-FINANCIAL KPIs

AUM/AUI¹ (£bn)
Total AUM/AUI at 
the end of the year.

Asset net  
inflows (£bn)
Growth in new clients 
has helped drive 
positive net inflows.

Tatton Investment 
Management firms
Number of Tatton firms at 
the end of the financial year.

Paradigm  
Consulting  
members
The year end number of  
Paradigm Consulting members.

Paradigm  
Mortgages  
members
Number of Paradigm Mortgages 
members at the end of the year.

Mortgages 
completions  
(£bn)
Value of mortgage completions  
by Paradigm firms.

2023

2022

2021

2020

2023

2022

2021

2020

2023

2022

2021

2020

2023

2022

2021

2020

2023

2022

2021

2020

2023

2022

2021

2020

2023

2022

2021

2020

2023

2022

2021

2020

2023

2022

2021

2020

2023

2022

2021

2020

1.  Alternative performance measures are detailed in note 23.

32.3

29.4

23.4

21.4

16.4

14.5

11.4

9.1

20.61

18.62

14.74

12.00

10.0

8.5

7.0

6.4

13.87

11.34

8.99

6.65

1.794

1.277

0.755

1.129

869

746

668

595

431

421

407

394

1,751

1,674

1,612

1,544

14.50

13.15

11.34

9.86

LINK TO STR ATEGIC 

OBJECTIVES

FY2023 PROGRESS AND FY2024 OUTLOOK

KE Y RISKS

Revenue has grown by 10.1% in the year, driven by 

AUM reduction stemming from unfavourable 

record inflows in the financial year, the increase 

macro-economic, political, or market conditions 

in AUM, as well as the increase in the number of 

or intensified competition resulting in a decline 

firms receiving the Tatton and Paradigm services. 

in revenue.

The Group’s strategy is to continue its growth 

both organically and through M&A activity in line 

with the Group’s “Roadmap to Growth” target.

A loss of a significant IFA client or damage 

to our reputation leading to AUM reduction 

will negatively impact the Group’s revenue.

Increased profits and margins have been 

A decrease in revenue or rise in operating 

delivered as a result of the Group’s high level 

expenses, such as those associated with the 

of recurring revenue and operational gearing. 

revenue risks mentioned earlier or increased 

Adjusted operating profit¹ has increased by 12.9% 

costs stemming from legislative/regulatory 

to £16.402m, delivering adjusted operating profit¹ 

modifications, system failures, or cyber  

margin of 50.7% (2022: 49.5%). Profit before tax 

security/data breaches, would impact 

has also increased to £15.996m (2022: £11.275m). 

adjusted operating profit¹.

Strong growth across the Group has driven an 

Fully diluted adjusted EPS¹ would be affected 

increase of 10.7% in fully diluted adjusted EPS¹ 

by a reduction in profits.

TAM expects its level of profits and profit margins 

to continue to increase as the Group continues 

to grow.

to 20.61p (2022: 18.62p), reflecting the increased 

value delivered to shareholders.

The Group expects to continue to grow EPS 

through the scalability of the business model 

and continued strategic execution.

A final proposed dividend of 10.0p gives a full year 

A reduction in profits would reduce the level of 

dividend of 14.5p.

The Group targets continued growth in dividends 

per share in line with the Group’s dividend policy, 

see page 64.

profits available for distribution to shareholders. 

If the Group has a shortfall in cash or other liquid 

assets, changed its strategy on the allocation 

of capital or had an inability to obtain sufficient 

funding, it may be unable to pay a dividend.

AUM/AUI has increased by £2.5bn or 22.3% this 

AUM reductions can occur due to unfavourable 

financial year to a new milestone of £13.9bn. 

macro-economic, political, or market factors. 

We continue to make progress in delivering our 

The Group might experience outflows due to 

“Roadmap to Growth” strategy, a three-year 

intensified competition, investment strategy 

target of increasing AUM by £6.0bn. As at the 

shortcomings, loss of a significant IFA client, 

end of March 2023 we have delivered 83% of the 

or the inability to attract and retain high quality 

target, with one year to go or being two thirds of 

personnel capable of meeting clients’ needs.

the way through. Net inflows were £1.794 billion in 

the year, with acquisitions adding £1.136bn of AUI.

Tatton has increased its number of firms and client 

Net inflows could decrease because of 

accounts during the year which has driven record 

adverse market conditions, loss of a significant 

levels of positive net inflows of £1.794 billion in 

IFA client, changes in the competitive 

the year. Despite challenging market conditions 

landscape, or shortcomings in the 

throughout the year, we have continued to deliver 

Group’s investment strategy.

strong net inflows which we expect to maintain 

in the new financial year.

There has been strong growth in the number of 

The Group’s capacity to acquire new firms 

firms using the Tatton DFM service, an increase of 

could be impacted by a more competitive 

16.5% to 869 firms. The Group continues to focus 

environment. The Group might also lose 

on increasing our share of the market and adding 

firms due to issues related to its investment 

new firms to our distribution footprint.

strategy or the recruitment and retention 

of high quality personnel.

Paradigm Consulting maintained steady growth 

The Group may not be able to increase 

in new members, increasing by 2.4% to 431, 

the number of member firms due to an 

and the Group will continue to support its firms 

increasingly competitive environment 

and gain new members.

and market consolidation.

Paradigm Mortgages has continued to recruit 

The Group may not be able to increase 

new firms, increasing its members by 4.6% to 1,751.

the number of member firms due to an 

increasingly competitive environment.

Paradigm Mortgages increased its involvement 

Paradigm gross lending would be affected 

in mortgage completions by 10.3% to £14.50bn, 

by the number of member firms.

against an uncertain and challenging market 

environment. Mortgage completions have 

remained strong at £7.2bn in the second half 

of the year (H1: £7.3bn). As Paradigm continues 

to recruit new firms, it will continue to increase 

its share of the mortgage market.

STRATEGIC REPORTTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LINK TO STR ATEGIC 
OBJECTIVES

2
9

FINANCIAL KPIs

Group revenue (£m)

Revenue generated by the  

Group for the financial year.

Adjusted operating 

profit¹ (£m)

Adjusted operating profit¹  

generated by the Group.

Fully diluted  

adjusted EPS¹ (p)

Adjusted profit after tax¹ 

divided by the weighted 

average number of fully 

diluted ordinary shares.

Proposed final  

dividend (p)

Proposed final dividend  

per share.

NON-FINANCIAL KPIs

AUM/AUI¹ (£bn)

Total AUM/AUI at 

the end of the year.

Asset net  

inflows (£bn)

Growth in new clients 

has helped drive 

positive net inflows.

Tatton Investment 

Management firms

Number of Tatton firms at 

the end of the financial year.

Paradigm  

Consulting  

members

The year end number of  

Paradigm Consulting members.

Paradigm  

Mortgages  

members

Number of Paradigm Mortgages 

members at the end of the year.

Mortgages 

completions  

(£bn)

Value of mortgage completions  

by Paradigm firms.

2023

2022

2021

2020

2023

2022

2021

2020

2023

2022

2021

2020

2023

2022

2021

2020

2023

2022

2021

2020

2023

2022

2021

2020

2023

2022

2021

2020

2023

2022

2021

2020

2023

2022

2021

2020

2023

2022

2021

2020

1.  Alternative performance measures are detailed in note 23.

32.3

29.4

23.4

21.4

16.4

14.5

11.4

9.1

20.61

18.62

14.74

12.00

10.0

8.5

7.0

6.4

13.87

11.34

8.99

6.65

1.794

1.277

0.755

1.129

869

746

668

595

431

421

407

394

1,751

1,674

1,612

1,544

14.50

13.15

11.34

9.86

FY2023 PROGRESS AND FY2024 OUTLOOK

KE Y RISKS

Revenue has grown by 10.1% in the year, driven by 
record inflows in the financial year, the increase 
in AUM, as well as the increase in the number of 
firms receiving the Tatton and Paradigm services. 
The Group’s strategy is to continue its growth 
both organically and through M&A activity in line 
with the Group’s “Roadmap to Growth” target.

AUM reduction stemming from unfavourable 
macro-economic, political, or market conditions 
or intensified competition resulting in a decline 
in revenue.

A loss of a significant IFA client or damage 
to our reputation leading to AUM reduction 
will negatively impact the Group’s revenue.

Increased profits and margins have been 
delivered as a result of the Group’s high level 
of recurring revenue and operational gearing. 
Adjusted operating profit¹ has increased by 12.9% 
to £16.402m, delivering adjusted operating profit¹ 
margin of 50.7% (2022: 49.5%). Profit before tax 
has also increased to £15.996m (2022: £11.275m). 
TAM expects its level of profits and profit margins 
to continue to increase as the Group continues 
to grow.

Strong growth across the Group has driven an 
increase of 10.7% in fully diluted adjusted EPS¹ 
to 20.61p (2022: 18.62p), reflecting the increased 
value delivered to shareholders.

The Group expects to continue to grow EPS 
through the scalability of the business model 
and continued strategic execution.

A decrease in revenue or rise in operating 
expenses, such as those associated with the 
revenue risks mentioned earlier or increased 
costs stemming from legislative/regulatory 
modifications, system failures, or cyber  
security/data breaches, would impact 
adjusted operating profit¹.

Fully diluted adjusted EPS¹ would be affected 
by a reduction in profits.

A final proposed dividend of 10.0p gives a full year 
dividend of 14.5p.

The Group targets continued growth in dividends 
per share in line with the Group’s dividend policy, 
see page 64.

A reduction in profits would reduce the level of 
profits available for distribution to shareholders. 
If the Group has a shortfall in cash or other liquid 
assets, changed its strategy on the allocation 
of capital or had an inability to obtain sufficient 
funding, it may be unable to pay a dividend.

AUM/AUI has increased by £2.5bn or 22.3% this 
financial year to a new milestone of £13.9bn. 
We continue to make progress in delivering our 
“Roadmap to Growth” strategy, a three-year 
target of increasing AUM by £6.0bn. As at the 
end of March 2023 we have delivered 83% of the 
target, with one year to go or being two thirds of 
the way through. Net inflows were £1.794 billion in 
the year, with acquisitions adding £1.136bn of AUI.

Tatton has increased its number of firms and client 
accounts during the year which has driven record 
levels of positive net inflows of £1.794 billion in 
the year. Despite challenging market conditions 
throughout the year, we have continued to deliver 
strong net inflows which we expect to maintain 
in the new financial year.

There has been strong growth in the number of 
firms using the Tatton DFM service, an increase of 
16.5% to 869 firms. The Group continues to focus 
on increasing our share of the market and adding 
new firms to our distribution footprint.

AUM reductions can occur due to unfavourable 
macro-economic, political, or market factors. 
The Group might experience outflows due to 
intensified competition, investment strategy 
shortcomings, loss of a significant IFA client, 
or the inability to attract and retain high quality 
personnel capable of meeting clients’ needs.

Net inflows could decrease because of 
adverse market conditions, loss of a significant 
IFA client, changes in the competitive 
landscape, or shortcomings in the 
Group’s investment strategy.

The Group’s capacity to acquire new firms 
could be impacted by a more competitive 
environment. The Group might also lose 
firms due to issues related to its investment 
strategy or the recruitment and retention 
of high quality personnel.

Paradigm Consulting maintained steady growth 
in new members, increasing by 2.4% to 431, 
and the Group will continue to support its firms 
and gain new members.

The Group may not be able to increase 
the number of member firms due to an 
increasingly competitive environment 
and market consolidation.

Paradigm Mortgages has continued to recruit 
new firms, increasing its members by 4.6% to 1,751.

The Group may not be able to increase 
the number of member firms due to an 
increasingly competitive environment.

Paradigm Mortgages increased its involvement 
in mortgage completions by 10.3% to £14.50bn, 
against an uncertain and challenging market 
environment. Mortgage completions have 
remained strong at £7.2bn in the second half 
of the year (H1: £7.3bn). As Paradigm continues 
to recruit new firms, it will continue to increase 
its share of the mortgage market.

Paradigm gross lending would be affected 
by the number of member firms.

STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RISK  MA N AGEMENT

Our approach 
to risk

The Group’s financial strength and 
resilience depend on effective risk 
management. Our risk management 
framework ensures that the 
business identifies both existing 
and emerging risks that could 
undermine the Group’s strategy, 
and develop appropriate mitigation 
measures to safeguard the interests 
of all our stakeholders.

0
3

Board

Executive 
management

Risk 
management

Audit  
and Risk  
Committee

Senior 
management/ 
subsidiary 
boards

Compliance  
functions

Risk management framework
The Board is ultimately responsible for the Group’s risk 
management  and  internal  control  systems,  and  for 
determining the Group’s risk appetite. A risk management 
framework has been developed by the Board to ensure 
that all potential areas of risk to the business are identified, 
assessed, and regularly reviewed, monitored and reported. 
The Board seeks to ensure that the risks taken by the Group 
are  managed  in  order  to  achieve  a  balance  between 
appropriate levels of risk and return. Ownership of risk 
rests within the relevant division and teams, with oversight 
and escalation to the Group Board where required. This is 
delivered through moving towards a three lines of defence 
model (see next page).

We carry out a robust assessment of the principal risks 
facing the Group, including those that would threaten our 
business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity. 
We categorise these risks into three risk groups – Industry, 
Operational and Financial – and assess the potential impacts 
to clients, revenue, capital and reputation.

Philosophy and culture
The Board encourages a strong risk culture throughout the 
business. It believes an embedded risk culture enhances the 
effectiveness of risk management and decision making across 
the Group. The Board is responsible for setting the right tone 
and, through our senior management team, encouraging 
appropriate behaviours and collaboration on managing risk 
across the business. Our risk culture ensures that all employees 
are able to identify, assess, manage and report against the 
risks that the Group faces. The Group operates a whistleblowing 
procedure where employees can raise concerns anonymously 
either internally or externally.

Governance
The Audit and Risk Committee met four times in the year 
and its members are as follows:

•  Chris Poil, Chairman (and Senior Independent 

Non-Executive Board Director)

•  Roger Cornick (Non-Executive Chairman of the Board)
•  Lesley Watt (Non-Executive Board Director)
•  Other Directors and senior management are invited 
to attend as appropriate, including the following:
 – Paul Hogarth (CEO)
 – Paul Edwards (CFO)
 – Helen O’Neill (COO of Tatton Investment 

Management Limited (“TIML”))

 – Grant Dempster (Non-Executive Board Director 

of TIML)

 – Scott Adams (Head of IT)
 – Gill Aukett (Head of Compliance, TIML)

Our internal governance process includes departmental 
management reviews with dedicated risk registers, where 
each  department  is  responsible  for  overseeing  key 
investment, operational and corporate functions. The 
Group’s Audit and Risk Committee serves as the focal point 
for risk management activities, reviewing and challenging 
specific risks to the Group, and reviewing the effectiveness 
of frameworks in place to manage those risks.

Tatton and Paradigm, both reporting to the Group’s Audit and 
Risk Committee, have individual responsibilities for managing 
and overseeing their respective divisional risks. In the current 
financial  year,  Tatton  has  continued  to  progress  its  risk 
management framework to ensure our staff fully understand 
how  we  manage  risk  across  our  business  and  highlight 
individuals’ personal responsibility.

STRATEGIC REPORTTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023•  Existing and 

emerging risks
•  Executive risks
•  Departmental reviews

•  Operational business reviews
•  Allocate each risk to 

a named owner

•  Risk-scoring for likelihood 

and impact

1. 
IDENTIFY

2. 
ASSESS

Risk reporting

4. 
REPORTING

3. 
MONITOR  & 
CONTROL

•  Departmental reviews
•  Review by divisional 
Board/Committee

•  Mitigating action agreed

•  Update to risk registers
•  Review by Audit and 

Risk Committee

•  Principal risks identified 

and reported to the Board

•  Regular Board reviews

To help decision makers understand the key risks and meet 
our regulatory responsibilities, we have enhanced our risk 
reporting with more accurate and relevant metrics, and updated 
our company policies. We continuously challenge ourselves 
to ensure we identify, assess, monitor, control and report 
against our risks as detailed below: 

Risk appetite
The Audit and Risk Committee regularly reviews the Group’s 
risk registers and mitigating processes to ensure that these 
are considered acceptable to the risk appetite and attitude 
of the Board.

Each division sets risk appetite statements for financial and 
franchise risks with key risk indicators. These are annually 
approved and reviewed on a quarterly basis by the Audit and 
Risk Committee, with any relevant escalation to the Board.

The Board’s strategic objectives and expectations are that 
the business will continue to grow. However, the Board remains 
committed to having a balanced appetite for risk, ensuring 
that our internal controls mitigate risk to appropriate levels.

Risk reporting
Our assessment of risks involves ranking risks based on 
their potential impact and the likelihood of their occurrence. 
By ranking risks according to their relative impact and 
probability,  we  gain  a  clearer  understanding  of  their 
significance. Risks that exhibit a sufficiently high likelihood 
of causing material harm to the Group are specifically 
highlighted in the Group’s risk management dashboard. 
This ensures that they receive the necessary attention from 
senior management and the Board, allowing for informed 
decision-making and proactive risk mitigation.

The following pages of this Report show our assessment 
of the top risks that we face, along with how the significance 
of the risk has changed during the year. While the identified 
top risks have remained consistent since the previous year, 
it is important to note that risks are not static. The Board 
continuously evaluates and assesses new and emerging 
risks throughout the year, aiming to identify potential 
threats that may impact the Group’s operations, reputation, 
and objectives. 

This  proactive  approach  enables  us  to  stay  ahead  of 
potential disruptions and make informed decisions. Some 
of the emerging risks that the Group particularly focuses 
on include cyber threat developments, global political 
tensions, and climate change. By closely tracking these 
developments,  we  are  better  prepared  to  adapt  our 
strategies  and  implement  appropriate  risk  mitigation 
measures to address the evolving landscape and protect 
the interests of our stakeholders.

3
1

THREE LINES OF DEFENCE

1 FIRST LINE OF DEFENCE

Ownership and management 
of risk within the business

Each division’s senior management team are accountable 
for identifying and managing their risks in line with the risk 
management  framework.  They  are  responsible  for 
developing and maintaining effective internal controls to 
mitigate risk to an acceptable level.

2 SECOND LINE OF DEFENCE
Risk oversight and challenge

The TAM Board, Audit and Risk Committee, the TIML Board, 
the TIML Board Risk and Compliance Committee and those 
involved  in  compliance  functions  maintain  a  level  of 
independence from the first line. They provide oversight 
and challenge of first line risk management activity, and 
provide guidance and direction on the Group’s policies 
and procedures relating to risk management and compliance.

3 THIRD LINE OF DEFENCE
Independent assurance

The Group does not operate an internal audit function; however, 
there are other external bodies which provide some independent 
assurance, perspective and challenge. Third party companies 
are used for reviewing and testing areas such as IT security, 
human resources, and health and safety.

STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023PRIN CI PAL RI SKS

Industry risks

RISK

ADVERSE MACRO-ECONOMIC,   
POLITICAL AND 
MARKET FACTORS
Economic, political and market forces, 
particularly impacting the UK equity 
markets, which are beyond the Group’s 
control, could adversely affect the 
value of AUM from which the Group 
derives revenues. 

The ongoing impact of changes to 
interest rates and the cost of living has 
seen this risk increase during the year.

CHAN GING COMPETITIVE 
ENVIRONMENT
The market environment in which the 
Group operates is highly competitive 
with fast-changing characteristics 
and trends.

Factors which can shift over time 
include: preferences between 
advisory/discretionary, outsourcing 
regulatory responsibilities/in-house 
provision, among many others. 
AUM growth among the Group’s 
competitors have shown this risk 
has increased during the year.

REGULATORY R ISK
Changes to or new legislation  
and/or regulation, for example, 
the new consumer duty or changes 
to interpretation and/or failure to 
comply with existing legislation 
and/or regulation, may adversely 
impact the Group’s operations 
and competitive position. The roll 
out of consumer duty has seen this 
risk increase during the year.

CHA NG E TO UK TAX LAW
A change to UK tax law could 
adversely impact the performance 
and attractiveness of long-term 
saving and investment through 
pensions and other wrap products.

Operational risks

2
3

K E Y

 Risk increased

 Risk decreased

 Risk unchanged

IMPACT

MITIGATION

•  Downturns in the market and 
resultant falls in AUM or other 
income would have a negative impact 
on the Group’s revenue and profit
•  Market uncertainty can lead to clients 

being reluctant to invest in the 
market, so reducing net asset inflows

•  Cost of living increases and 

uncertainty around interest rates 
can lead to individuals being cautious 
when it comes to remortgaging 
or moving house, so impacting 
mortgage completions

•  Loss of competitive advantage such 
that AUM and client number targets 
are adversely impacted. This would 
have a negative impact on revenue 
and profitability

•  The Group has an experienced 
investment management team 
with a strong track record
Investment strategies are 
continually monitored by 
the Investment Committee

• 

•  A prudent approach to investment 
strategy means that a significant 
proportion of AUM is made up of 
lower risk appetite portfolios which 
typically have a market fall 
correlation of approximately 60%
•  Paradigm has a comprehensive panel 
and growing number of firms to drive 
mortgage completions

•  Broad service offering providing 

diversified revenue streams across 
an increased number of platforms

•  Highly competitive price points
•  Deep industry experience and strong 
client relationships resulting in a 
loyal customer base

•  Strong brand and excellent reputation

•  Poor conduct could have a negative 
impact on providing good customer 
outcomes, impacting the Group’s 
ability to achieve strategic objectives

•  Related negative publicity could 
reduce customer confidence and 
affect ability to generate net 
asset inflows 

•  Complaints and claims from third 
parties and clients in connection 
with the Group’s regulatory 
responsibilities could have an 
adverse impact on the Group’s 
financial condition

•  Regulatory fine and/or censure

• 

Increase in taxes and the tax treatment 
of investments could result in a 
reduction in savings and investment in 
pensions and other wrap products, so 
reducing AUM and the Group’s revenue

•  Robust compliance and risk 

frameworks in place across the Group 
•  The Group delivers strong regulatory 
and compliance support to clients 
through dedicated compliance teams 
and systems

•  The Group’s strong financial position 
ensures it can meet its regulatory 
capital requirements and it also 
provides a safeguard should further 
changes to regulatory capital 
requirements occur

•  Regulatory support is a core business 

stream for the Group meaning that a 
strong risk culture exists throughout 
the Group

•  Broad service offering, providing 

diversified revenue streams

RISK

IMPACT

MITIGATION

FA ILURE OF A THIRD PART Y 
SERVI CE PROVIDER
The Group manages its investments 
through the use of third party service 
providers, e.g. platform/authorised 
corporate director providers.

Operational failure or cessation 
of trade of a significant third party 
could have a material adverse 
impact on the Group’s reputation, 
operations, financial performance 
and growth.

FA ILURE TO RECRUI T  AND 
RETAIN QUA LI TY PERSONNE L
The Group operates in a competitive 
market for talent, and failure to 
recruit and retain key personnel 
could adversely impact the Group’s 
operational performance.

•  A Third party failure would have 

•  Due diligence is performed when 

a negative impact on customer 
outcomes due to service 
unavailability, delays in receiving 
and/or processing customer 
transactions or interruptions to 
settlement and reconciliation 
processes, although this would need 
to be rectified by the third party 
themselves and could lead to minor 
reputational damage

•  Financial impact through increased 
operational losses and loss of AUM 
if assets moved to another platform

Inability to service client needs

• 
•  Reputational damage
•  Compromising working conditions 
and moral of other staff members 

•  Fall behind peers in competition 

and proposition

selecting key suppliers

•  The Group is covered by third 
party indemnities for business-
critical services

•  Third party relationships are 

subjected to a high level of ongoing 
oversight, including due diligence 
and regular governance meetings. 
This gives assurance that third party 
platform providers meet the Group’s 
high standards

•  Recruitment programmes are in place 

to attract suitable staff

•  The success of the Group’s listing 

has increased our ability to attract 
and retain high calibre candidates

•  Staff share schemes are in place to 
incentivise staff and encourage 
long-term retention

•  TAM Group is recognised as being 
supportive of on the job training 
and professional qualifications

STRATEGIC REPORTTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Operational risks continued

RISK

IMPACT

MITIGATION

FA ILURE OF   
INVESTMEN T STRATEGY
The risk that the investment strategy 
fails to maintain an acceptable 
level of performance, particularly in 
times of significant market volatility, 
resulting in a decline in revenues 
and in the value of assets from 
which revenues are derived. 

The risk Tatton portfolios are not 
seen as competitive in risk/return 
terms relative to internal/external 
benchmarks as well as peers.

Tatton’s investment strategy 
has proved to be highly robust 
in response to the COVID-19 
pandemic and economic uncertainty 
which followed, thereby seeing this 
risk reduce.

LOSS OR  FAI LUR E  OF   
KEY I FA  C LI ENT
The Group has several major IFA 
clients and Strategic Partnerships.

A change in relationship or 
termination of business with any 
of these, for example, as a result 
of consolidation, and the Group 
being unable to replace them in 
a timely fashion, could have an 
adverse impact.

SYSTEM FA ILUR E,   
CYBER SECU RITY AND   
DATA  PROTECTION
The risk that operations are 
impacted or that data loss or data 
breach occurs due to system error, 
malfunction or malicious external 
breach. There has continued to be 
an increased level of attempted 
financial fraud over the past year 
and increased cyber security risks.

Financial risks

RISK

COUNTERPA RTY CREDIT RIS K
A counterparty to a financial 
obligation may default 
on repayments.

LIQUID ITY RISK
The Group may be unable to meet 
financial liabilities as they become 
due because of a shortfall in cash or 
other liquid assets or an inability to 
obtain sufficient additional funding. 
The Group has strengthened its 
cash position during the period.

BANK  DEFAU LT
The risk that one of the Group’s 
relationship banks could default.

CONC ENTRATI ON R ISK
Risk arising from lack of 
diversification in business activity 
or geography. The Group has 
expanded its offering during the 
period through the acquisition 
of 50% of 8AM Global Limited.

•  Negative impact on achievement 
of AUM, net asset inflows and 
client number strategic targets
•  Poor client outcomes that also 
prevent the achievement of our 
growth targets

•  Reputational damage

• 

•  The Group has an experienced 
investment management team 
with a strong track record
Investment strategies are continually 
monitored by senior management, the 
Investment Committee and the Board
•  Portfolios are regularly benchmarked 
against internal, external, and peer 
comparators with investigations 
undertaken when warranted

•  Negative impact on achievement and 

retention of AUM 

•  Failure to achieve growth targets and 
requirement to provide commentary 
rationale around this 

•  Reputational damage, risk that 
TAM Group is not perceived as 
a leader in its field 

•  The Group has a clearly defined 
business development strategy 
and a broad service offering

•  The Group continues to add member 
firms, so diversifying its client base

•  Client engagement is proactively 
managed by dedicated client 
managers who have in-depth 
knowledge of the IFA industry 
and expert regulatory and 
compliance knowledge

•  Related negative publicity could 
damage customer and market 
confidence in the business, affecting 
our ability to retain and attract 
new customers
Information security breaches could 
result in fine/censure from regulators, 
the Information Commissioner’s 
Office and the FCA

• 

•  Experienced in-house team of IT 

professionals supported by reputable 
and established third party suppliers
IT disaster recovery procedures 
in place

• 

•  Data Protection Officers 

appointed and penetration testing 
conducted regularly
Increased awareness and training 
of employees

• 

3
3

IMPACT

MITIGATION

•  Unintended market exposure
•  Customer detriment

•  Reputational damage
•  Potential customer detriment
•  Financial loss
•  Unable to meet obligations 

as they fall due

•  The Group trades only with reputable, 

creditworthy third parties

•  Receivable balances are reviewed 
regularly for non-collection and 
any doubtful balances are 
provided against

•  Most receivables are paid monthly

•  Profitable and cash-generative business
•  Active cash flow forecasting and 
liquidity management ensures 
availability of funds at short notice

•  The Group maintains a cash surplus 

above regulatory and working 
capital requirements

•  Financial loss
•  Unable to meet obligations 

as they fall due

•  The Group only uses banks 
with strong credit ratings
•  Banking relationships are 

reviewed regularly

•  Over-reliance on one business activity 

•  Broad range of business services 

could lead to financial underperformance

offered, providing diversified revenue 
streams and a diverse and growing 
client base, which has increased 
during the year as a result of organic 
growth through new firms

•  Recruitment into the Group’s sales 

functions in the year in order to grow 
AUM across a broader client base

STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023CHI EF FINA N CIAL OFFICER ’S REPORT

4
3

GROUP REVENUE

£32.3m

2023

2022

£29.4m

ADJUSTED OPERATING PROFIT 1

£16.4m

2023

2022

£14.5m

1.  Alternative performance measures are detailed in note 23.
2.  Executive Directors’ salaries remain unchanged.

A resilient financial 
performance 
in challenging 
conditions

Overview
Recent years have presented a number of challenges for 
businesses and unfortunately this year has been no different. 
The war in Ukraine, disrupted supply chains, increased costs 
and the highest inflation we have seen in a generation have all 
contributed to significant economic uncertainty and volatile 
markets. Our ability to adapt to these conditions is supported 
by a resilient business model which has been crucial for us 
to navigate these challenges and emerge stronger than ever. 
This year has seen the Group deliver its strongest financial 
performance to date, including double digit growth in revenue 
and adjusted operating profits¹, improving margins and record 
net inflows, all while maintaining a robust balance sheet and 
strong liquidity. 

This year is the 10 year anniversary of the inception of Tatton 
Investment Management Limited and six years since Tatton Asset 
Management plc was publicly listed on AIM. Over this period, 
the Group has seen significant development, strong organic 
growth and three strategically aligned acquisitions which have 
resulted in investment-related income now accounting for 80.2% 
of our total Group revenue and 96.5% of adjusted operating 
profit¹, a trend that is anticipated to continue thanks to our focused 
strategy and current market trends.

Our revenue since listing on AIM, has achieved a compound 
annual growth rate of 18.2%, with adjusted operating profit¹ 
growing even more strongly, achieving a compound growth rate 
of 24.0%. Margins over the same period have increased by 12.7% 
in absolute terms, resulting in a Group margin this year of 50.7%. 

Revenue and profits
Revenue – Group reported revenue increased by 10.1% to 
£32.3m (2022: £29.4m). Tatton revenue increased by 11.1% 
to £25.9m (2022: £23.3m). While many asset managers have 
seen redemptions and outflows this year, AUM increased by 
12.3% to reach £12.7bn (2022: £11.3bn) and while negative 
market performance impacted growth by £400m, record 
net new inflows in the year of £1,794m, or 15.8% of the opening 
AUM, more than compensated. 

Our industry leading growth reflects the strength of the MPS 
market and the underlying trends that are driving MPS adoption 
by IFAs. As the leading MPS provider, our focused approach 
on this market and increased distribution footprint, as we add 
to the number of IFAs we work with, have enabled us to 
continue to take advantage of these trends. Complementing 
this  organic  growth,  this  year  saw  us  make  a  strategic 
investment in another MPS provider, further expanding our 
reach into the MPS market. In August 2022, we acquired 50% 
of the share capital of 8AM Global Limited which contributes 
AUI of £1.136bn, and when combined with the Group AUM 
of £12.735bn results in a total AUM/AUI of £13.871bn. 

Paradigm’s revenue increased by 6.8% to £6.4m (2022: £6.0m). 
The number of mortgage member firms increased to 1,751 
(2022: 1,674) and Paradigm Consulting member firms increased 
to 431 (2022: 421). Paradigm Consulting maintained its steady 
performance while Paradigm Mortgages delivered an impressive 
performance as completions reached a record level of £14.50bn 
(2022: £13.15bn), an increase of 10.3% on the prior year. There 
has been a significant degree of uncertainty in the mortgage 

STRATEGIC REPORTTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023market for most of this year, due to rising interest rates, consumer 
affordability concerns and the removal of a large number of 
products towards the end of the calendar year following the 
emergency budget in September 2022. Given this context, the 
strong performance demonstrates both the agility of the 
business and its firms, but also the robustness of the business 
model to continue to grow both the number of firms it works 
with and increase its market share. The business’s other income 
streams, such as protection premia, continued to grow, further 
strengthening the division’s overall performance.

Profit – The Group delivered adjusted operating profit¹ 
of £16.4m (2022: £14.5m), an increase of 12.9%. Adjusted 
operating profit margin¹ increased to 50.7% (2022: 49.5%). 
This increase in margin can be attributed to a combination 
of the Group’s business model and operational gearing but 
also the fact that we have successfully navigated an inflationary 
cost environment while continuing to make cost investments 
to help drive and support future growth. In line with last year, 
and as a response to the inflationary environment, the Group 
has implemented an average 5% annual salary increase, 
materially ahead of historical levels (excludes Executive 
Directors2). While personnel costs remain at c.60% of the 
Group’s total cost base, we do not anticipate that these 
increases will be margin dilutive. 

Tatton’s adjusted operating profit¹ increased by 13.9% to £15.8m 
(2022: £13.9m) and its adjusted operating profit margin¹ 
increased to 61.1% (2022: 59.6%). Paradigm’s adjusted operating 
profit¹ remained in line with the prior year at £2.4m, following 
re-investment in personnel costs to strengthen the team, 
bringing the margin more in line with historical performance 
but reducing the margin year on year to 37.6% (2022: 40.6%).

Group  operating  profit  was  £16.6m  (2022:  £11.6m), 
which includes the cost impact of separately disclosed items 
of -£0.2m (2022: £2.9m). 

Acquisitions
During the year, the Group acquired 50% of the share capital 
of 8AM Global Limited. The consideration payable is up to £7.3m, 
with £3.8m paid on completion through the issuing of shares in 
TAM plc. The remaining £3.5m is to be paid in two equal 
instalments, after year one and two following completion, 
dependent  on  the  business  hitting  predetermined 
profitability targets.

On acquisition, the Group recognised goodwill of £5.1m and 
intangible assets of £2.1m, as well as an associated deferred 
tax liability of £0.5m and discounted contingent consideration 
of £2.9m. At the year end, the deferred contingent consideration 
liability recognised on completion was remeasured to fair 
value based on the anticipated profitability against the deferred 
payment profitability target. 

It has been determined that the business is unlikely to meet 
the stretching deferred payment profitability targets, and so 
the deferred payment liability has been “fair valued” in line with 
the anticipated payment value. The difference being £1.9m, 
between the original deferred payment fair value on completion 
and the fair value at the year end, which has been taken through 
the profit and loss account and included as a separately 
disclosed item. The fair value of the deferred contingent 
consideration relating to the acquisition of the Verbatim funds 
in September 2021 has also been reduced by £0.7m.

Separately disclosed items
Separately disclosed items totalling £0.208m include the 
cost  of  share-based  payments  of  £1.511m,  amortisation 
of acquisition-related intangible assets of £0.534m and 
£0.398m of acquisition-related fees, see note 6. These costs 
have been offset by a credit of £2.651m relating to the fair 
value adjustment of contingent consideration payments.

Although some of these items may recur from one period to 
the next, operating profit has been adjusted for these items to 
give better clarity of the underlying performance of the Group. 
The alternative performance measures (“APMs”) are consistent 
with how the business performance is planned and reported 
within the internal management reporting to the Board. Some 
of these measures are also used for the purpose of setting 
remuneration targets.

Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share increased to 22.43p (2022: 15.92p). 
Adjusted earnings per share¹ increased by 9.3% to 21.72p 
(2022: 19.87p) and adjusted fully diluted earnings per share¹ 
increased by 10.7% to 20.61p (2022: 18.62p), full details are 
shown in note 9.

Statement of financial position and cash
The Group’s balance sheet remains strong as net assets increased 
34.6% to £41.8m (2022: £31.0m), with cash on the balance sheet 
contributing £26.5m (2022: £21.7m). Return on capital employed 
was 36.7% (2022: 43.0%). The Group has issued shares valued 
at £2.8m in relation to acquisitions and paid £7.7m in dividends 
during the year. Our financial resources are kept under continual 
review, incorporating comprehensive stress and scenario testing 
which is formally reviewed and agreed at least annually.

TOTAL SHAREHOLDER FUNDS

LESS: FORESEEABLE DIVIDEND

LESS: NON-QUALIFYING ASSETS

YEAR 
ENDED 31 
MARCH 
2023

YEAR 
ENDED 31 
MARCH 
2022

41,781

31,044

(6,000)

(5,100)

(20,972)

(14,225)

TOTAL QUALIFYING CAPITAL RESOURCES

14,809

11,719

LESS CAPITAL REQUIREMENT

SURPLUS CAPITAL

% CAPITAL RESOURCE REQUIREMENT HELD

(4,400)

(4,100)

10,409

337%

7,619

286%

3
5

In January 2022, the Investment Firms Prudential Regime 
(“IFPR”) came into effect focusing prudential requirements 
on the potential harm the firm can pose to consumers and 
markets, whilst introducing a basic liquidity requirement for 
all investment firms. Over the year, the Group has maintained 
a  healthy  surplus  over  our  regulatory  capital  resource 
requirement and maintained very strong liquidity.

Dividends
The Board is recommending a final dividend of 10.0p. When 
added to the interim dividend of 4.5p, this gives a full year 
dividend of 14.5p (2022: 12.5p), an increase of 16.0% on the 
prior year. This proposed dividend reflects both our cash 
performance in the period and our underlying confidence in 
our business, and maintains our policy of paying a dividend 
approximately 70% of the adjusted earnings and split on a 
one third two third basis between the interim period and year 
end. If approved at the Annual General Meeting, the final 
dividend will be paid on 15 August 2023 to shareholders on 
the register on 7 July 2023.

Risk management
Risk is managed closely and is spread across our businesses 
and managed to individual materiality. Our key risks have 
been referenced primarily on pages 32 and 33. We choose 
key performance indicators that reflect our strategic priorities 
of investment, growth and profit, and these are detailed on 
pages 28 and 29.

The Strategic Report found on pages 1 to 51 has been approved 
and authorised for issue by the Board of Directors and signed 
on their behalf on 12 June 2023 by:

PAUL EDWARDS
CHI EF FINANCI AL OFFICER

STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023EN VIRON MENTAL , SOCIAL  AND GOVERNANCE

Aligning values and 
investments:  
Our ESG Strategy  
in action

Corporate responsibility overview
At Tatton Asset Management plc, we are committed to 
providing the highest quality discretionary investment 
management and best-in-class IFA support services, while 
taking responsibility for the impact that our strategy can have 
on Environmental, Social and Governance (“ESG”) factors. 
We believe that the corporate responsibility of these factors 
is integral to our business and essential to our long-term 
success, and as such are dedicated in conducting our business 
in a responsible and sustainable manner that benefits all 
stakeholders, including our clients, employees, communities, 
and the environment. 

Sustainability pillars: highlights and priorities

ENVI RONMENTAL

SOCIA L

2 02 3 HIGHLIGHTS

2023 HIGHLIGHTS

GOVE RN ANCE

2023 HIGHLIGHTS

•  Continued to ensure our IT and 

•  Employee engagement through 

•  Continued adoption of the 

recycling policies are appropriate

staff days

6
3

•  Continued to make use of the 

“cycle to work” scheme

•  Preparing for our environmental 
impact reporting next year, as 
determined by the Task Force 
on Climate-Related Financial 
Disclosures (“TCFD”)

•  Diversity and inclusion reporting
•  Training and development
•  Employee “winter support” payment
•  Rolled out a leadership development 
programme to all people leaders to 
foster a high performance culture

•  All staff are able to use a paid 

volunteering day

•  Matched funding for 
charitable fundraising

Quoted Companies Alliance 
Corporate Governance Code 
(the “QCA Code”)
•  ESG Working Group
•  Regular internal training 

on cyber and data security

P RIORITIES

PRIORITIES

PRIORITIES

•  Monitoring and reporting on 

•  Extending employee communication 

•  The Board is committed 

climate change impact, energy 
consumption and energy 
efficiency, working towards 
compliance with TCFD

around wellbeing, diversity 
and engagement

•  Reporting on equal opportunity 

and equal pay

•  Provide more staff training 

to support employee learning 
and development

•  Further encourage our employees 
to understand social responsibility 
and the role they can play

to continually evolving its 
governance frameworks to match 
the developments in reporting 
requirements and industry best 
practice, the requirements of our 
stakeholders and the increasing 
complexity of a growing company

 Read more on page 43

 Read more on page 44

 Read more below on page 38

STRATEGIC REPORTTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We believe that by integrating 
corporate responsibility into 
our business strategy, we can 
create long-term value for our 
clients, employees, shareholders 
and communities.”

Our corporate responsibility philosophy
We believe that it’s important to have clear ESG beliefs 
and principles that guide our Board of Directors, employees, 
and stakeholders in their actions and decision making as 
well as incorporating these into our investment approach 
for the benefit of all clients. Our guiding ESG principles 
are as follows: 

1  Ethical and Transparent Business Practices: We believe 

in conducting our business with integrity, honesty, and 
transparency. We adhere to the highest ethical standards 
and comply with all relevant laws and regulations.

2  Engaging with Stakeholders: We are committed to 

engaging with our stakeholders, including IFAs, their 
clients, employees, shareholders, suppliers, regulators, 
and  communities,  to  understand  their  needs  and 
concerns. We seek to build long-term relationships 
based on trust, respect, and collaboration.

3  Employee Wellbeing and Development: Our employees 

are  our  most  valuable  asset.  We  strive  to  create 
a workplace that is safe, inclusive, and supportive. 
We invest in our employees’ development and provide 
opportunities for career growth and advancement.

4  Environmental  Stewardship:  We  recognise  our 

responsibility to protect the environment and minimise 
our impact on natural resources. We aim to reduce 
our carbon footprint, conserve energy and water, 
and  promote  sustainable  practices  throughout 
our operations.

5  Community Engagement: We are committed to making 

a positive impact in the communities where we operate. 
We aim to support local organisations and initiatives 
to help address social challenges.

We believe that by integrating corporate responsibility 
into our business strategy, we can create long-term value 
for our clients, employees, shareholders and communities. 
We are proud of the progress we have made in advancing 
our corporate responsibility goals, and we remain committed 
to continuous improvement.

Q&A

WITH  CHRIS POIL   
ESG COMMITTEE CHAI R
SENIOR INDEPEN DE NT   
NON-EXECUTIVE
DI RECTOR

1.  What does ESG mean for Tatton?
Tatton Asset Management plc is committed to promoting responsible 
and  sustainable  practices  throughout  its  business  to  reduce  its 
environmental impact while supporting its employees, promoting 
diversity and inclusion, and engaging with our local communities to help 
address social challenges. We keenly engage with our employees on 
ESG matters and provide focused feedback and engagement through 
staff days and newsletters. We adhere to high standards of corporate 
governance and transparency in all our operations, maintaining ethical 
business practices and ensuring that our investments are aligned with 
our clients’ values.

2.  How does Tatton make a positive difference?
By Incorporating ESG considerations into our business practices and 
investment decisions, TAM plc is striving to make a positive difference 
in promoting sustainability, social responsibility and good governance. 
An example of this is our involvement in the Women in Finance Charter, 
which is reported on page 47. We have further embedded flexible 
working into our work practices and continue to roll out training and 
development opportunities for all employees. We believe incorporating 
ESG considerations into our investment process is critical to delivering 
sustainable long-term returns for our clients. Our aim is to invest in the 
“best-in-breed” ethical funds that have standards similar to those we 
aspire to for our portfolios and can also deliver attractive performance 
to investors.

3. 
Looking back at the year, what was the biggest achievement?
The Group has continued to perform very strongly in difficult markets, 
delivering record net inflows, and at the same time we have tried to 
develop our social responsibility agenda. We have supported, for the 
first time, a national charity, as well as charities in our local communities. 
Employees have engaged in charitable work, raising money which 
has been matched by the Company, for many different important 
causes. We have also introduced a paid volunteering day for all staff.

3
7

4.  With increasing concerns around “greenwashing”, were there 
any challenges?
Greenwashing is a practice where companies make false or exaggerated 
claims about their environmental practices or the sustainability of 
their products or services. It is a growing concern as consumers and 
investors become more conscious of environmental issues and seek 
out companies that are genuinely committed to sustainability.

One of the main challenges of greenwashing is the lack of standardised 
definitions  and  metrics  for  sustainability.  There  are  also  currently 
no uniform standards for ESG reporting or labelling, which means 
that  companies  can  make  unsubstantiated  claims  without  facing 
any consequences. The challenges of greenwashing highlight the 
importance of transparency, accountability, and independent verification 
in ESG reporting and labelling.

Ethical portfolios can be built by simply avoiding firms or funds that 
are active in the sale of arms, or the production of fossil fuels, for 
example. This is known as negative screening. The flip side of this 
approach is positive screening, which seeks investments that set out 
to make a difference, for example, renewable energy or technology 
infrastructure. A combination of avoiding sectors with poor ethics and 
supporting those that make positive contributions to the environment 
and socially responsible practices, ensures that investors’ money is being 
used to only support businesses that are aligned with their outlook 
for the future.

STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023E N VIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANC E CONT IN UED

Governance of our ESG Strategy
The TAM Board provides oversight of our business conduct, strategy development and the embedding of our ESG principles 
and beliefs into the culture of the Group. Our ESG Working Group coordinates addressing ESG priorities and activities, 
and reports into the Board.

TAM PLC BOA RD 
The Board is responsible for the long-term success of the Group and it is ultimately accountable for the Group’s 
ESG Strategy, and providing oversight of management decision making.

AUDIT AND R ISK 
COMMI TTEE
Responsible for ensuring 
the integrity of the 
Group’s ESG-related 
financial disclosures 
and the reporting 
of ESG-related risks

REMUNERATION 
COMMITTEE
Responsible for the 
oversight of 
remuneration against 
performance metrics 
and targets, designed 
to support our ESG 
Strategy and promote 
long-term success

NOMINATION 
COMMITTE E
Reviewing the structure, 
size and composition 
of the Board and Board 
Committees to ensure 
they are set up 
to progress the 
ESG Strategy

DIVISIONAL 
AN D OPERATING 
COMPA NY 
BOA RDS
Responsible for the 
management and 
implementation of 
ESG activities

ESG WORKING GR OUP
Responsible for driving forward ESG priorities, 
which are signed off by the Board. These ESG 
priorities form part of our strategy in creating 
value for all our key stakeholders

8
3

KEY RESPONS IBILIT IES
Chris Poil appointed to lead the ESG Working Group

Paul Edwards nominated Board member responsible 
for gender diversity inclusion

Justine Randall – Women in Finance Ambassador

ETHICA L INVE STMEN T  COMMITTE E
The Ethical Investment Committee plays a pivotal 
role in guiding and overseeing the company’s ethical 
investment strategies and decisions. Their primary 
responsibility is to evaluate investment opportunities 
through a rigorous ethical lens, considering factors 
such as environmental impact, social responsibility, 
corporate governance and adherence to global 
sustainability standards. The Committee conducts 
thorough research, engages with stakeholders 
and assesses the long-term viability and ethical 
implications of potential investments.

ESG Working Group

CHRIS POIL
Senior Independent  
Non-Executive Director

PAUL EDWARDS
Chief Financial Officer

JUSTINE RANDALL
Sales Director, Tatton

CLAIRE MACNEILL 
Secretary to the Board

LOUISE COLEMAN
Head of Finance

RICHARD GOPPY
Director of Membership, Paradigm

STRATEGIC REPORTTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 20233
9

Tax strategy
The Group’s tax strategy is founded on a commitment of 
full  compliance  with  all  relevant  tax  legislation  and 
regulations, along with high standards of governance and 
transparency. Our approach is based on a low appetite for 
tax risk, and we do not engage in aggressive tax planning 
or condone abusive tax practices that would be inconsistent 
with our ethics and culture. We pay all tax liabilities promptly 
and believe in maintaining a professional working relationship 
with HMRC and other tax authorities, built on transparency 
and open communication.

Cyber and data security
We place a high priority on information security, including 
cyber security and data protection, to safeguard against 
external dangers and insider threats. The Company’s cyber 
security strategy is centred around the identification, 
protection, detection, analysis, and response to known or 
emerging cyber threats, as well as effective risk management 
and resilience in the event of cyber incidents. The Group’s 
cyber security programme is built around the National 
Institute of Standards and Technology (“NIST”) cyber 
security framework and includes ongoing training for 
employees to recognise and respond to information and 
cyber security risks, as well as procedures to prevent, 
identify and escalate cyber security concerns.

Political donations
The Group has a policy of not making political donations, 
but makes allowances and resolutions at its AGM in case 
a donation is made inadvertently.

Governance
TAM plc understands the importance of good governance 
and strives to apply the best practices in its operations. In 
this regard, the Company has implemented the principles 
of the Quoted Companies Alliance Corporate Governance 
Code  (the  “QCA  Code”),  to  the  extent  that  it  can  be 
applied practically. The QCA Code is designed around 
10  fundamental  principles,  each  accompanied  by  an 
explanation  of  what  it  means  and  a  set  of  disclosure 
requirements. These principles provide a robust framework 
for  ensuring  that  the  Company  is  run  effectively, 
transparently, and in the best interests of its stakeholders. 
Our compliance with these principles and the relevant 
disclosure requirements can be found on page 55 of this 
report  and  on  the  Group’s  website.  The  Company  is 
committed to maintaining the highest standards of corporate 
governance,  and  the  principles  of  the  QCA  Code  will 
continue to guide its practices in the future.

Regulation and financial crime
The Company is committed to maintaining the highest 
standards  of  compliance  with  all  relevant  legal  and 
regulatory  requirements.  The  Group  recognises  the 
importance of ethical behaviour and integrity in maintaining 
its reputation and the trust of its clients and stakeholders. 
To this end, the Company operates comprehensive anti-
bribery policies that extend across the Group and are 
designed to ensure that its operations are free from bribery 
and corruption. Tatton Asset Management plc also has a 
whistleblowing policy in place that encourages employees 
to report any matters of significant concern to the Chair 
of the Audit and Risk Committee. These policies are regularly 
reviewed and updated, and all staff are required to complete 
mandatory  training  to  ensure  they  understand  their 
obligations and responsibilities. The Compliance team and 
other Committees have policies in place to prevent and 
detect financial crime, including money laundering, bribery, 
and corruption, and to meet any obligations arising from 
regulatory change. The Company is committed to ensuring 
that its operations are conducted in a responsible and 
ethical manner, and that it meets its obligations to all 
stakeholders, clients, and regulatory bodies.

STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023E N VIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANC E CONT IN UED

Tatton’s approach to ESG investing
Tatton is a business built on the foundation of a close 
relationship with and deep understanding of adviser needs, 
and we were an innovator in the world of ESG investing 
when we launched our first Tatton Ethical portfolio in 2014. 
The decision to expand our service into ethical investing 
was in response to a growing opportunity and increased 
demand for solutions in the space and in the nearly 10 years 
since  the  world  of  ESG  investing  has  expanded  in  an 
unprecedented manner.

The landscape is now densely populated with a broad range 
of ethically themed funds, discretionary offerings and 
sustainably themed solutions. Tatton is able to differentiate 
in this space through our near decade of relevant experience 
in running our Ethical portfolios and track record of past 
performance, and our ongoing adviser feedback reiterates 
the  importance  of  our  transparent  approach  to  fund 
selection, competitive pricing and risk profiled alignment. 
We believe it is this combination of approaches that has 
led  to  our  continued  growth  in  ethical  assets  under 
management – now at over £1bn of clients’ assets.

As a thought leader and pioneer of ESG investing, we 
recognise the challenges the sector now faces and remain 
committed to our mantra to listen to adviser feedback as 

to what clients want and need to see in their ethical solutions. 
Our fund selection approach of positive and negative 
screening complements the consistency in approach across 
Tatton’s full range – the application of our proprietary 
research and due diligence combined with screening based 
on robust processes and investment performance.

Tatton has welcomed the increased availability of data and 
industry comparison tools to support our research, screening 
and comparison of offerings in the ethical investing space 
– we recognise the importance of attention to detail and 
we  concentrate  on  a  combination  of  quantitative  and 
qualitative factors in completing our research and ongoing 
due diligence for the ethical offering.

Our own manager selection and ongoing monitoring, face 
to face manager engagement and comparison process 
align well with our continued adoption of external sources, 
such as Morningstar Direct and Sustainalytics, to validate 
and challenge our in-house thinking. The combination of 
research  and  data  gathered  supports  our  investment 
decisions and enables our team to develop a thorough 
understanding of the culture, motivation and long-term 
goals of the firms and teams that we choose to invest in, 
so we can make decisions with conviction and continue 
to review our offering on an ongoing basis.

Tatton’s Ethical Portfolios

0
4

AUM (£M)

NET FLOWS (£M)

£1,027m

2023

£259m

2023

2022

£812m

2022

£360m

N UMBER OF CLIENT ACCOUNTS

11,787

% OF OVERALL  AUM

8.1%

2023

8,760

2022

7.2%

2023

2022

STRATEGIC REPORTTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Tatton’s ethical investment process
The role of the investment team at Tatton is to bring the 
E, S and G to life and achieve the balance of purpose and 
profits at the same time in providing easily understood 
selection criteria and investment rationale for advisers and 
clients alike. Some of the criteria that the investment team 
consider are shown in the diagrams opposite. 

Tatton was a first mover in the ethical investing space, 
launching our first Tatton Ethical Model in 2014 (Tatton 
Ethical Balanced) in response to adviser demand following 
client planning conversations. The range was extended to 
include all risk profiles in 2018 and further input sought 
from  clients  as  to  the  mix  of  investments  they  would 
prefer to see both in scope and out of scope via screening 
for  the  Tatton  Ethical  range  as  it  was  expanded. 
This led to the creation of the Tatton positive and negative 
screening approach – see page 42.

Ongoing monitoring to ensure funds selected 
continue to meet our ethical standards
In order to ensure that these portfolios remain aligned to 
our screening criteria and high level ethical objectives for 
E, S and G, we regularly assess the holdings within the 
underlying funds. We look at this at both a high level 
portfolio exposure to particular industries and also at an 
individual security level to ensure there are no unethical 
holdings at any weights in the portfolios.

In addition, as part of our fund research process, we look 
for funds that use third party providers to screen their 
funds (usually implemented by a compliance function). If 
we see changes in overall exposures, or see securities 
which we may want to investigate, then we have direct 
contact with the fund managers to receive explanations 
and data on the rationale for any positions and further 
decisions are made based on this more substantial mix 
of data.

Research Tools

Challenging companies to identify and manage 
Environmental, Social and Governance risks and 
opportunities to shape their long-term future direction

Considerations for 
the environment, 
pollution and 
climate change

M E

N

O

E N V I R

L
A
T
N

Socially responsible 
practices, human 
rights, equality 
and data security

4
1

C IA L

O

S

Positive 
employment 
practices, 
business ethics 
and diversity

N

R

E

V

O

G

E
C

N

A

STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023E N VIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANC E CONT IN UED

Honestly ethical:  
The Tatton screening approach
The  dedicated  Tatton  Ethical  Investment  Committee 
regularly meets to review the portfolio construction and 
to  consider  the  mix  of  investments  in  line  with  our 
engagement  led  approach. We  use  a  combination  of 
quantitative and qualitative information via our research 
tools of Morningstar, Bloomberg and Sustainalytics to help 
us make informed decisions as to which companies should 
be included and which should be excluded.

While we expect the range of Ethical portfolios to have 
limited exposure to these industries, it is possible that 
some funds will take different views on ESG than others 
and  it  is  possible,  therefore,  that  some  controversial 
companies may be in the portfolio but we would expect 
the fund managers to be able to robustly defend their 
inclusion within the framework of their investment process. 

The outcome:

•  Screen all funds for the negative screens with the aim 

to limit exposure

This transparent approach is favoured by our advisers and 
they appreciate the ease with which they can explain the 
ethical screening approach to clients.

•  Exclude Government bonds 
•  A more global asset allocation to increase the possible 

universe for investing

Positive screening 
Favouring companies  
displaying consideration for:

Negative screening
Using data to limit exposure 
to products or services we aim 
to keep to a minimum in 
the Ethical portfolios

2
4

Water and  
sanitation 
management

Lower carbon  
fuel use and  
natural resource 
conservation

Responsible 
packaging and 
recycling

Alcohol 

Animal testing  
(for cosmetic 
purposes)

Respect for supply 
chain, working 
conditions and  
human rights

Diversity and  
equality in staff, 
strong business 
ethics and a high 
regard for employee 
health, safety 
and wellbeing

Armaments

Environmental 
damage

Gambling

XXX

Pornography

Tobacco

STRATEGIC REPORTTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023•  Agree the metrics and targets used to assess 

and manage relevant climate-related risks and 
opportunities, again where such information 
is material.

TAM’s TCFD roadmap
As the Group prepares to comply with TCFD and make 
TCFD-aligned disclosures in its 2024 Annual Report, it will 
take the following key steps. These steps will ensure that 
the Company has the appropriate governance structure 
for climate-related risks and opportunities and will be 
able to identify the right metrics to assess and manage 
these impacts.

Review 
governance 
arrangements

Gather  
relevant 
climate data

Establish 
and embed  
climate-related  
risks

Develop  
the right 
capabilities 
across the  
Group

Develop  
TAM’s climate  
strategy

Perform  
a gap 
analysis over  
disclosures

4
3

ESG environment
As a responsible financial services business, we are committed 
to  minimising  our  environmental  footprint.  Our  main 
environmental impacts are largely through UK-based travel 
and the consumption of resources and emissions at our 
business premises. We primarily communicate internally and 
with external stakeholders through digital channels where 
possible, which has enabled us to reduce paper waste, whilst 
ensuring secure communication and information storage.

We strive to manage and reduce our environmental impact 
and carbon footprint through the efficient use of resources 
and reducing waste where possible. We have implemented 
a recycling programme for our confidential waste, which 
ensures that 100% of it is recycled and used to plant new 
trees in National Trust properties in the UK. We have 
also  invested  in  more  efficient  IT  equipment,  and  we 
ensure  that  any  redundant  IT  equipment  is  properly 
destroyed and recycled for both data protection and 
environmental reasons. 

With a relatively small number of employees in three UK 
offices, the Company has reduced UK travel through the 
use of video conferencing and the continued implementation 
of hybrid working, as our employees can work from home, 
thus reducing the need for UK-based travel. Tatton Asset 
Management plc acknowledges that there is still progress 
to be made in reducing its carbon emissions and is working 
towards compliance with TCFD requirements, with our 
first required year of reporting being the financial year 
ending 31 March 2024. The Company aims to develop 
targets, monitor key metrics, and report greenhouse gas 
(“GHG”) emissions over the next year.

Over the next financial year, we are planning to set up 
a small committee to look at how climate-related risks and 
opportunities impact TAM plc’s businesses, covering the 
following areas:

•  Our governance around climate-related risks 

and opportunities.

•  The impact on the organisation’s businesses, strategy, 

and financial planning, where such information 
is material.

•  How our organisation identifies, assesses, and manages 

climate-related risks.

TCFD recommendations
There are 11 recommendations of TCFD, which are 
structured around the following four key themes.

Governance
 Board and management oversight of climate-related 
risks and opportunities.

Strategy
 Identification of climate-related risks and opportunities 
and their impact.

Risk management
 Identification, assessment and management  
of climate-related risks.

Metrics and targets
 Alignment with the Group’s strategy and risk 
management processes, and disclosure of relevant 
metrics and targets that are used to assess and 
manage climate-related risks and opportunities.

STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023E N VIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANC E CONT IN UED

Our people  
and culture

Our people are our greatest asset in achieving our Group’s 
strategy and to continue to provide excellent service and 
support to IFAs. We recognise that our success depends on 
attracting and retaining the best talent and creating an 
environment  where  everyone  feels  valued,  supported, 
and empowered to reach their full potential.

We are proud of our diverse workforce and recognise the 
importance of creating an inclusive culture where everyone 
feels respected. We strive to create an environment where 
individuals can bring their whole selves to work, and where 
diversity of thought and perspective is encouraged and 
valued. We believe that this diversity of thinking enables us 
to make better decisions and drive better outcomes for all 
stakeholders. We also recognise the importance of work-life 
balance, and we offer flexible working arrangements to help 
our people balance their work and personal commitments.

The  business  remains  small,  with  currently  just  over 
100 employees, which allows the Directors to communicate 
with employees informally throughout the year but also 
through  annual  conferences  and  general  meetings.  In 
addition, there are appropriate procedures in place to ensure 
employees are able to raise issues through our grievance 
and harassment policies and whistleblowing policy, which 
encourages employees to report matters of significant 
concern  to  their  line  manager,  Compliance  Manager, 
the Board or the Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee.

Since carrying out an anonymous employee survey in the 
prior year, that saw strong employee engagement which 
reflected many of the positive aspects of the culture at 
TAM, it also highlighted areas of improvement such as 
increasing the level of relevant communication to employees 
and developing more specific training for individuals. Over 
the past year, the Group has continued to address and 
improve  these  areas  by  introducing  additional  staff 
communication through regular newsletters, staff days 
and more direct communication throughout the year. 

Training
We believe in nurturing the talent of our employees and 
supporting  them  in  their  professional  development. 
We encourage employees to progress their careers, at TAM 
plc we offer various opportunities for employees to develop, 
including through internal training, apprenticeship schemes, 
and professional qualifications.

As a Group, we prioritise the training and development of 
our employees and we support them both financially and 
with time to help them achieve their goals. This includes 
meeting the Continuing Professional Development (“CPD”) 
targets set by our regulators to ensure that our investment 
managers have the technical and supervision skills necessary 
to maintain the highest standards of client service.

In the last two years, 18 employees throughout the Group 
are progressing towards or have achieved professional 
qualifications such as the Chartered Financial Analyst 
(“CFA”), CFA Ethical Investment Certificate, Investment 
Operations  Certificate  (“IOC”),  Diploma  for  Financial 
Advisers (“DipFA”), and Association of Chartered Certified 
Accountants (“ACCA”). 

In response to employee feedback, we understand that our 
employees’ training needs are unique and have therefore 
worked with team managers to identify additional training 
requirements  and  have  implemented  a  Leadership 
Development Programme for selected employees, as well 
as enrolling staff in a range of training courses including 
Discretionary Investment Management, Long Term Care, and 
the Diploma for Financial Advisers, to support them in both 
their professional role and personal development. We also 
offer our employees access to online training courses from 
Learning Management Software (“LMS”). The courses include 
topics such as Leadership, Coaching, Communication Skills, 
Money Laundering, Data Protection and Customer Service. 

In addition to training and development opportunities, we 
also encourage employees to take a long-term view of the 
business. We offer share-based incentives through both an 
Enterprise Management Incentive (“EMI”) share option scheme 
for eligible employees and a Save As You Earn (“SAYE”) 
share option scheme open to all employees. By doing so, we 
promote a culture of ownership, where employees feel a 
sense of pride and engagement in the success of the business.

4
4

STRATEGIC REPORTTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Mental health and wellbeing
At TAM plc, we believe in prioritising the wellbeing of our 
employees. We have made available to all employees an 
enhanced range of health support services as part of their 
employee benefits. These services include remote GP access, 
a 24/7 helpline for emotional and practical support, plus 
guidance on financial or legal concerns, unlimited mental 
health counselling, physiotherapy, medical second opinions 
as well as 1-2-1 lifestyle coaching sessions. We believe that 
these services will significantly benefit our staff and their 
families, and will continue to provide them with valuable 
resources to support their physical and mental health.

We have also continued to operate a hybrid working model 
where we offer flexible working for our employees, offering 
a mixture of working at home and working in the office 
in  a  way  that  meets  the  needs  of  the  business  and 
of our people.

Furthermore, acknowledging the financial challenges 
brought about by the escalating cost of living and the 
recent  energy  crisis,  which  has  affected  many  of  our 
employees, the Group has provided a one-time payment 
of £1,000 to all employees as a “winter support” measure. 
This payment recognises the difficulties that our employees 
have encountered and their hard work and dedication 
during these challenging times.

Suppliers
The Group takes seriously its responsibility to combat 
modern slavery and has a strict zero-tolerance approach 
to slavery and human trafficking within its operations and 
supply chain. As a UK-based provider of financial services, 
the  Company  does  not  engage  in  the  production, 
manufacturing, or selling of physical goods, and the supply 
chain is not complex or extensive.

The primary suppliers of TAM plc provide support services 
such as information technology, market data, and property 
services. The Company assesses these suppliers to be at 
a relatively low risk of engaging in modern slavery or human 
trafficking practices. However, Tatton Asset Management 
remains  committed  to  ensuring  that  such  practices 
do not occur in any part of its business or supply chain. 
The  Company  has  implemented  robust  policies  and 
procedures to identify and mitigate any potential risks of 
modern slavery or human trafficking, and regularly reviews 
and updates these measures.

Charitable giving and engagement 
with the wider community
Over the last year, the Group has continued its commitment 
to giving back to the community, having contributed over 
£30,000 to charitable causes within the financial year 
ending March 2023. After listening to its employees’ voices 
and, in response to the employee engagement survey, the 
Group selected Macmillan Cancer Research as its named 
charity for 2023. This is the first year that the Group has 
implemented this programme, and we are excited about 
the positive impact it will have.

Furthermore, TAM plc recognises that there are other ways 
of supporting the local communities in which we work, and 
we encourage our staff to give something back through 
charitable and voluntary activities. All staff are encouraged 
to take part in “A Day to Make a Difference”, where they use 
paid time off work to engage in a local volunteering day. 
The Group has also implemented a matched fundraising 
programme, recognising the efforts that our employees 
make in supporting their local communities and other charities. 

4
5

We  are  proud  of  our  employees  who  have  actively 
contributed to the community in many ways. In December 
2022, both the Paradigm Membership, Mortgage Services 
and Protect teams helped in their local community. The 
Paradigm Membership team spent the day with Cash for 
Kids’ Mission Christmas initiative, helping to sort donated 
toys into age-appropriate categories, pricing up items and 
making up donation gift boxes to be collected. The Mortgage 
and Protect teams spent the day at their local Foodbank, 
as part of the Trussell Trust Community, preparing food 
parcels for those in need. This was also the fifth year that 
the Group has participated in the Trussell Trust’s Reverse 
Advent Calendar, with the Group matching all donations 
by 100%. 

Finally, we express our gratitude to individuals across the 
Group who have helped raise funds for their given charities 
– from hosting a Macmillan Coffee Morning to completing 
the London Marathon for Haven’s Hospices. These actions 
demonstrate our commitment to making a positive impact 
in our community, and we look forward to more opportunities 
to give back in the future.

VALUE OF CONTRIBUTIONS  MADE   
TO CHARITABLE CAUSES

£30,000+

STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023E N VIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANC E CONT IN UED

Diversity  
and inclusion

Tatton Asset Management plc is committed to fostering 
a diverse and inclusive culture across the organisation, 
supporting employees, customers, and suppliers, regardless 
of their background. We recognise the importance of 
promoting diversity and inclusion across our organisation 
and believe that a diverse workforce brings a variety of 
perspectives and ideas that enhance our ability to provide 
innovative solutions to our clients. To ensure that we attract, 
develop, and retain a diverse workforce, we are committed 
to  creating  a  workplace  culture  that  is  inclusive  and 
welcoming to all. Our diversity and inclusion policy reflects 
our commitment to providing a work environment that 
respects the dignity and worth of all individuals.

Our efforts to promote diversity and inclusion are ongoing, 
and we recognise that there is always more that we can 
do. We have been working with our business partner DWF 
LLP to create a framework for ESG Responsibility Training. 
The three main pillars of this training are the environmental 
imperatives, the social agenda, and ethical governance. 
This training will initially be undertaken by the TAM plc 
Board, before being made more widely available across 
the Group.

6
4

In addition, we are actively involved in industry initiatives 
aimed at promoting diversity and inclusion in the financial 
services sector. As a member of The Diversity & Inclusivity 
Finance Forum, we are part of a network of industry peers 
that  are  working  to  create  a  more  balanced  and  fair 
mortgage industry. We believe that by working together 
with other organisations such as this, we can create a more 
diverse and inclusive financial services sector that better 
reflects the communities that we serve.

We also maintain our commitment as a signatory of the 
Women in Finance Charter (“WiFC”). Justine Randall, our 
Women  in  Finance  Ambassador,  has  been  working 
with  key  representatives  including  Amanda  Blanc, 
Aviva CEO and key sponsor and chair of WiFC, to raise 
awareness of the key commitments of the Charter.

Gender pay gap
The Group recognises that women have historically been 
underrepresented in the investment management industry, 
with financial services having the largest gender pay gap. 
While the Group’s statistics reflect this trend, they continue 
to  improve.  As  of  March  2023,  the  Group  had  a  total 
of 103 permanent employees, with 40 women making up 
39% of the workforce (up from 34% in 2022).

Although the Group is not required to publish its gender 
pay  gap  report  due  to  its  employee  numbers,  it  has 
conducted an analysis of its gender pay gap, which has 
been reviewed by the Board and Remuneration Committee. 
The Group seeks to create an inclusive company culture 
with a diverse workforce, and formal monitoring of progress 
is now performed through gender pay gap reporting, which 
provides transparency and highlights areas for improvement.

In all cases where there are men and women who perform 
the same role, they are paid equally. The mean hourly pay 
gap in 2023 was 46% (2022: 44%), and the median hourly 
pay gap was 35% (2022: 37%). These differences reflect 
the profile of the workforce, where there are more men in 
senior roles than women. The Group is committed to 
addressing  any  areas  that  need  to  be  improved  to 
narrow the gender pay gap and create a more diverse and 
inclusive workplace.

AGE B REAK DOWN WITHIN TAM

18–30 yrs 21%

31–45 yrs 24%

46–60 yrs 46%

60+ yrs 8%%

STRATEGIC REPORTTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Women in Finance Charter

As part of our ongoing commitment to delivering an ESG 
focused  approach  across  the  business,  Tatton  Asset 
Management was delighted to subscribe to the Women in 
Finance Charter as part of our ongoing commitment to gender 
diversity and talent recognition across the Group.

Our Women in Finance senior team led by Paul Edwards, 
Chief Financial Officer, who is the nominated Board member 
responsible for gender diversity inclusion, supported by key 
members of the senior team – Justine Randall, Sales Director, 
and Lesley Watt, Non-Executive Director, have actively 
engaged with the varied initiatives led by HM Treasury 
in support of this growing charter. 

As the Women in Finance Charter is led by HM Treasury 
and is supported by over 200 financial services companies 
across the UK, the signatory firms have created a cohesive 
culture in attending events, sharing best practice and 
developing initiatives to work as one across businesses to 
see improvements in gender balance at all role levels in 
financial services firms. In our first full year as a signatory, 
we have attended events both in person and remotely, 
heard  from  industry  recognised  advocates  of  the 
WiFC initiative, such as Amanda Blanc, and brought ideas 
and  cultural  suggestions  back  to  the  Tatton  Asset 
Management business.

The Women in Finance Charter signatories pledge to promote 
gender diversity through adherence to four key principles:

•  Having one member of our senior executive team who 
is responsible and accountable for gender diversity 
and inclusion

•  Setting internal targets for gender diversity in our 

senior management

•  Publishing progress annually against these targets 

in reports on our website

•  Having an intention to ensure the pay of the senior 
executive team is linked to delivery against these 
internal targets on gender diversity

In February 2022, when the Group took the decision to join 
the charter, we undertook analysis of our percentage of 
females in senior roles (including both our Group Board and 
senior management team members), and our percentage 
representation at that time was 35%. The charter signatories 
commit  to  reviewing  this  over  time  and  setting  clear  
targets for the future representation. TAM is committed 
to  monitoring  this  representation  closely  over  time  
with a view to maintaining the level of females in these  
categories at at least 30–35% over the year to February 2023. 
We successfully achieved this target and will continue to 
monitor this over the next 12 month period into 2024.

Our senior management team across TAM Group remains 
focused on the area of diversity and inclusion and this is 
part of our objective setting across the Group. We are 
committed to taking ongoing positive steps to show our 
support for this objective and we look forward to publishing 
annually our progress made. This will be available on the 
Company website at www.tattonassetmanagement.com. 

4
7

FEMALES IN SENIOR ROLES

36%(up from 35% last year and above the  

average of WiFC signatories of 35%)

DATE OF SI GNING  OF WIFC C HARTE R 

FEB 22

KEY  PERSONNEL SPONSORI NG

PAUL EDWARDS

LESLEY WATT

JUSTINE RANDALL

STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023STAK EHOLDE R ENGAGEMENT

Engaging with 
our stakeholders

Engaging with our stakeholders is crucial for delivering 
long-term value, and therefore we are dedicated in fostering 
strong relationships with all stakeholders. We recognise 
that stakeholder engagement is a continuous and collaborative 
process, and we remain committed to connecting with our 
stakeholders at all levels of the business, both internally 
and externally. We understand that meaningful stakeholder 
engagement requires regular reporting and, when necessary, 
escalating matters to our Board, and we are always looking 
for ways to enhance our engagement efforts to better serve 
our stakeholders.

8
4

FIRMS AND  CLIENTS 
Our business model centres 
around IFAs and their clients, 
and our success is based on 
understanding their evolving 
needs. We succeed by 
comprehending their needs, 
and proactively anticipating 
future requirements, keeping 
our offerings competitive, 
relevant, and poised 
for growth.

Their material issues
 — Quality of service
 — Performance of our funds 

and portfolios

 — Fair pricing
 — Range of products
 — Transparency

How we engage 
 — Meetings with existing and 
potential firms to develop a 
clear view of client objectives 
and how these are likely to 
change over time

 — Adviser portal, where IFAs 
can see details of their 
clients’ investments over 
multiple platforms

 — Virtual events, including 

partner forums, roadshows 
and continuing professional 
development (“CPD”) events

Outcomes and 
key decisions 
 — In August 2022, we acquired 
50% of the share capital 
of 8AM Global Limited, 
extending our model portfolio 
service range to further meet 
client needs

 — Tatton and Paradigm 

ran multiple virtual and 
live events and frequent 
video investment updates. 
Paradigm held 73 events 
during the year, attracting 
4,310 attendees in total

SHAREHOLDERS
The Group’s strategic 
objectives and business 
growth depend on the 
support and engagement of 
shareholders. Our shareholder 
base is aligned with the long-
term strategy we take in the 
management of our business.

Their material issues
 — Long-term sustainable 
business which delivers 
attractive returns through 
maintaining a progressive 
dividend policy

 — High standards of governance
 — Compelling business model 

and growth prospects

How we engage 
 — Regular meetings are held 

with our investors throughout 
the year

 — Results presentations for the 

full year and half year are held 
both virtually and in person

 — We provide the latest 

company announcements, 
financial reports and 
additional investor 
information on our website

Outcomes and 
key decisions 
 — Delivered against our 
dividend policy with a 
total full year dividend of 
14.5p, an increase of 16.0% 
(2022: 12.5p)

 — Adjusted operating profit¹ 

of £16.402m, an increase of 
12.9% (2022: £14.526m)

 — The results presentations with 
shareholders will continue to 
be carried out both virtually 
and in person

1. 

 Alternative performance measures 
are detailed in note 23.

PEOPLE
Our people are central 
in achieving the Group’s 
strategy. We recognise that 
our success depends on 
retaining and attracting the 
best talent and creating an 
environment where everyone 
feels valued.

Their material issues
 — Having opportunities 

for learning, growth and 
further development
 — Being fairly rewarded for 

their contributions
 — Making a difference 
for our customers

How we engage 
 — Company-wide 

communications through 
business newsletters and 
via email

 — Staff days to reward and 
recognise performance 
 — Presentations by the Board 
to discuss the business’ 
performance and the 
Company’s strategic plans

 — Employee surveys
 — Regular management briefings

Outcomes and 
key decisions 
 — Provided a one-time payment 
of £1,000 to all employees as 
a “winter support” payment in 
response to the recent energy 
crisis and escalating cost 
of living

 — We made available enhanced 
access to a range of health 
support services for 
all employees

 — Further extension of the 
Enterprise Management 
Incentive (“EMI”) and 
Sharesave schemes

STRATEGIC REPORTTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023We continue to focus on listening to and understanding stakeholder 
needs. We regularly invest time and resources in investor and wider market 
communication, and provide support and reassurance to our IFAs and 
their clients.” 

PAUL EDWARDS 
C HIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

SOC IETY
We acknowledge our 
responsibility to society 
and other stakeholders and 
firmly believe that upholding 
high standards of corporate 
responsibility is imperative.

Their material issues
 — Managing our business 
in an environmentally 
conscious way and 
contributing to societal 
welfare is in the interest of the 
wider community

 — Society has an interest in how 
we manage our clients’ assets 
and ensure good stewardship 
over our investments

How we engage 
 — We aim for high standards of 

governance across the Group. 
Our careful selection process 
for Tatton’s Ethical portfolios 
prioritises funds that actively 
engage with company 
managers on ESG issues
 — All staff are encouraged 
to engage in a local 
volunteering day to support 
local communities

Outcomes and 
key decisions 
 — Continued improvement 

and adoption of corporate 
governance guidelines
 — Contributed over £30,000 
to charitable causes within 
the financial year

 — The Paradigm Membership 
team spent a day with Cash 
for Kids’ Mission Christmas 
initiative, helping to sort 
donated children’s gifts

 — Growth in our 

Ethical portfolios

EXTERNAL 
SERVI CE PROVID ERS
Engaging with our external 
service providers is critical 
to ensuring the effective 
distribution of our products. 
Our providers include 
our distribution partners 
(platforms, IFAs, fund 
managers) and our suppliers.

Their material issues
 — Clear communications
 — Trusted partnerships
 — Strong governance

How we engage 
 — Regular service reviews
 — Annual due diligence reviews
 — Collaborative engagement
 — The Board is briefed on 

service provider feedback 
and issues on a regular basis

REGULATORS
Tatton Investment 
Management Limited 
is regulated by the Financial 
Conduct Authority (“FCA”).

Their material issues
 — Acting in our customers’ 

best interests

 — Ensuring that the business 
understands and adopts 
the principles and rules 
of the FCA Handbook
 — Open and transparent  

communication

 — Demonstrating good conduct

How we engage 
 — Direct communication 

through our compliance 
senior manager 
function holder

 — We always engage in an open 
and co-operative manner

4
9

Outcomes and 
key decisions 
 — We continue to focus on 

key areas with our suppliers 
that will enhance our client 
propositions and drive 
innovation, efficiency 
and sustainability

 — We maintained ongoing 

relationships with our key 
external service providers 
during the year, with updates 
at Board meetings

Outcomes and 
key decisions 
 — Engaged with the FCA to 

ensure a clear understanding 
of the new consumer 
duty regulations

 — Surplus regulatory capital 

was maintained throughout 
the year

 — The Board and Audit and 
Risk Committee received 
and reviewed regular 
compliance reports

STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023 
 
S EC TION 172

Navigating the future: 
Positioned for success

Section 172 statement
Section  172  of  the  Companies  Act  2006  requires  the 
Directors to consider how best to promote the success of 
the Company for the benefit of its members as a whole. 
In doing so, the Directors must have regard, amongst other 
matters, to:

   a) the likely consequences of any decisions in 

the long term;

  b) the interests of the Company’s employees;

   c) the need to foster the Company’s business 

relationships with suppliers, customers 
and others;

   d) the impact of the Company’s operations 

on the community and environment;

   e) the desirability of the Company maintaining 

a reputation for high standards of business 
conduct; and

   f) the need to act fairly as between members  

of the Company.

0
5

Our Board is committed to long-term decision making 
and upholding the highest standards of conduct, both 
collectively and individually. We believe that understanding 
and respecting the views and needs of our investors, 
customers, employees, suppliers, and other stakeholders, 
as well as the environment we operate within, is crucial for 
long-term growth and prosperity. To fulfil our duties, we 
have delegated day to day decision making to our employees 
under a robust governance framework. 

This framework covers our values, how we engage with 
our stakeholders, and how we ensure our governance 
structure  and  systems  of  control  remain  robust. 
Our Chairman, with support from the Company Secretary, 
sets the agenda for each Board meeting to ensure that we 
meet the requirements of s.172 in line with our approach. 

We consider the views of our stakeholders during the 
decision making process, as evidenced by the considerations 
made during the 50% acquisition of 8AM Global Limited, 
which are detailed on the opposite page. 

We believe that this approach, based on transparency and 
engagement,  will  help  us  build  and  maintain  strong 
relationships with all our stakeholders, and contribute 
to the long-term success of our business.

Board  
information

Board  
strategic  
discussion

Board  
decision

TRAINING
Leadership and management receive training 
on Directors’ duties to ensure awareness 
of the Board’s responsibilities

STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES
The Board considers and adapts its strategic 
direction with a view to ensuring it meets its 
long-term strategic objectives

STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
Our Board continually engages with 
stakeholders. Read more on pages 48 to 51

BOARD PAPERS
Board papers cover a broad range of topics to 
capture s.172 factors that are relevant to the 
strategic direction of the Group

GOVERNANCE
The Board is continually reviewing and ensuring 
that the governance in place is relevant for the 
size and nature of the business and the Board 
recognises the value it brings to the Group

STRUCTURE AND CULTURE
The Group has a flat structure and a culture of 
openness and transparency, ensuring proper 
consideration of the potential impacts of decisions

INFORMATION
The Board regularly receives and reviews 
financial and operational information that 
supports decision making and drives long-term 
value creation

ACTIONS
The Board determines the action 
to be taken following discussions

EVALUATION
The Board evaluates the 
outcomes of its decisions, 
takes action and amends the 
strategy, and implements change 
where necessary

STRATEGIC REPORTTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Section 172 in action: 8AM joint venture 
On 15 August 2022, the Group acquired 50% of 8AM Global 
Limited (“8AM”), with an option to acquire a further 50% 
in due course. 8AM is an investment manager primarily 
focused on delivering risk-profiled Model Portfolio Services 
(“MPS”) and a small range of multi-manager funds. In total, 
8AM  contributes  assets  under  influence  (“AUI”)  of 
£1.136 billion at the end of March 2023, an increase from 
the £1.0 billion on completion. The Group considered all 
its stakeholders within the decision making process, both 
before and after the acquisition took place:

Shareholders
The transaction has contributed to the growth in the Group’s 
performance in 2022/23. The nature of a joint venture 
acquisition helps balance the risk and opportunity by 
ensuring existing shareholders of 8AM remain engaged 
and focused on growing the business to create long-term 
shareholder value. 

In addition, the structure and conditions of the acquisition 
help limit the risk as deferred payments are linked to future 
performance. As we look forward, it is expected we will 
gain further synergies through leveraging existing Tatton 
resources and create additional shareholder value. 

Firms and clients 
TAM’s dedication to support financial advisers and their 
clients  by  providing  highly  competitive  investment 
management solutions is further enhanced by the addition 
of  8AM’s  model  portfolios  and  funds  to  our  existing 
offerings. The proposed acquisition will expand our range 
of risk profiled investments and leverage 8AM’s expertise, 
investment style, and approach, giving our clients greater 
choice and opportunity.

Through our joint venture with 8AM, we will have access 
to a wider network of UK financial advisers and a broader 
range of propositions. To align with our commitment to 
continue  to  provide  highly  competitive  investment 
management solutions to financial advisers and their clients, 
following the transaction, 8AM has realigned its pricing to 
match Tatton’s, with its MPS now being charged at 15bps. 

People
The Group’s “Roadmap to Growth” target of £15bn by the 
end of FY24 is within reach and this transaction makes a 
significant contribution toward meeting this target. Ensuring 
we deliver on our stated goals and long term growth plan 
will enable us to continue invest in our people, ensuring 
they are appropriately compensated for their contributions, 
while  also  giving  them  access  to  opportunities  for 
professional development and career advancement. 

The  addition  of  8AM  brings  with  it  an  experienced 
management  team  which  also  enhances  the  Group’s 
knowledge base and skill set. The team were well known 
to us before the acquisition and were highly regarded, 
importantly they are also culturally aligned to the values 
of the Group. 

5
1

We have enjoyed collaborating with the 8AM team and are 
excited to work together to further develop the business 
in the years ahead.

Key

Link to strategic objectives

STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AGE
51–60

4 (66%)

61–70

1 (17%)

71+

1 (17%)

TENURE (YEARS)
1–5

33.3%

6–10

33.3%

11–15

33.3%

T ENUR E  ( YE ARS)
1–5

33.3%

6–10

33.3%

11–15

33.3%

Paul Hogarth 
CHIEF  EXECUTIVE  OFFICER   
COMMENCED:  2007

Skills, competence and experience: 
Paul is the Chief Executive Officer of Tatton Asset Management, as well 
as Senior Partner at Paradigm Consulting.

Paul has over 40 years’ experience in financial services, the majority of 
which were at the centre of IFA distribution. Paul was the Co-Founder 
of Bankhall in 1987, and built Bankhall Investment Associates from 
scratch to sale in May 2001 at which point 25% of the IFA sector utilised 
at least part of the Bankhall service proposition. After leaving Bankhall, 
he went on to establish Paradigm Partners Limited, which launched in 
2007 and has since grown to become one of the UK’s top five distribution 
businesses. Subsequently, he was also the Founder of Perspective 
Financial Group Limited in 2007 and of Tatton Capital Limited in 2012.

Paul has a BA in Economics from Heriot-Watt University in Edinburgh.

BOARD OF D IRECTORS

A focused 
leadership

COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIPS

A GE
51–60

  Nomination Committee

4 (66%)
 Remuneration Committee
1 (17%)
 Audit and Risk Committee
1 (17%)

61–70

71+

 Board Director

Roger Cornick 
CHAIRMA N   
COMMEN CED : 2017

Skills, competence and experience: 
Roger is Tatton Asset Management’s Non-Executive Chairman. 
From January 2009 to September 2016, Roger was Chairman of Aberdeen 
Asset Management, having joined the Board in January 2004. Prior to joining 
Aberdeen, Roger was with Perpetual plc for over 20 years.

2
5

Lothar Mentel
CHIE F IN VESTMENT OFFICER 
COMMENCED: 2012

Skills, competence and experience: 
Lothar is the Chief Investment Officer of Tatton Asset Management. 
He is also Chief Executive Officer for Tatton Investment Management.
Prior to setting up Tatton Investment Management in 2012, Lothar was 
the Chief Investment Officer of Octopus Investments from 2008, where 
he built a multi-manager fund business that he grew to £1.6 billion. 
He has also held senior positions with N M Rothschild, Threadneedle, 
Barclays Wealth and Commerzbank Asset Management. Lothar began 
his career in Germany as a performance and risk analyst, later designing 
and launching the Barclays multi-manager funds.

Lothar was educated in Germany and holds a post-graduate degree in 
Business and Economics (Diplom Ökonom) from Ruhr-Universität Bochum.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCETATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Paul Edwards 
CHIEF FI NANCIAL OFFICER 
COMMENCED:  2018

Skills, competence and experience: 
Paul is the Chief Financial Officer of Tatton Asset Management plc and 
joined the Board in 2018, shortly after the IPO. He is also Finance Director 
of Paradigm Partners Limited and Tatton Investment Management Limited.

From September 2010 to October 2016, Paul was the Group Finance 
Director for Scapa plc and prior to joining Scapa, Paul was the Group 
Finance Director for NCC Group plc for over 10 years. He has also held 
several other senior roles in a broad range of listed and private companies 
and was the Chair of the Hallé Pension Trustees for five years.

Paul is a Chartered Management Accountant and also holds an MBA from 
Manchester Business School.

5
3

Lesley Watt
INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE  DIRECTOR 
COMMENCED:  2021

Skills, competence and experience: 
Lesley is Tatton Asset Management’s Independent Non-Executive 
Director. Lesley is a senior executive with over 20 years’ experience at 
board and senior finance positions, including Scottish and Newcastle 
plc and latterly as CFO of Miller Developments. Lesley currently holds 
a Non-Executive Directorship at Scottish Baroque Ensemble Limited, 
where she chairs the Audit and Risk Committee. Lesley also chairs the 
Audit Committee of Sosandar plc.

Chris Poil
S ENIO R IND EPENDENT NON -EXECUTIVE 
DI RE CTOR, HEAD OF AUDIT AND 
RISK COMMITT EE AND HEA D OF 
RE MUNERATION COMMITTEE 
COMMENCED: 2017

Skills, competence and experience: 
Chris is Tatton Asset Management’s Senior Independent Non-Executive 
Director. Previously, he served as Head of UK Equities at ING Baring 
Asset Management. Prior to joining ING, he was a Director of Mercury 
Asset Management. Chris has previously been a Non-Executive Director 
of Ignite Group Ltd, Novus Leisure Ltd and Byron Ltd.

Robert Hunt
C HIEF EX ECUTIVE OFFICER OF PARADIGM 
MORTGAGE SERVICES AND MANAGING 
DIREC TOR OF PARADIGM CONSULTING 
COMMENCED: 2007

Skills, competence and experience: 
Robert is the Chief Executive of Paradigm Mortgage Services LLP, 
Managing Director of Paradigm Consulting and a Board member of the 
Society of Mortgage Professionals (“SMP”), acting as a respected 
figurehead and representative of mortgage clubs. He has over 30 years’ 
experience working within financial intermediaries.

Prior to setting up Paradigm Mortgages in 2007, Robert was the key 
accounts director at Santander (formerly Abbey National) for 13 years. 
Before joining Santander, he had various management roles at Hill Samuel 
Asset Management Group in which he worked for 11 years.

In 1978, Robert joined the Royal Air Force where he studied electronic 
engineering for five years.

STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023CORP ORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT

Introduction
The Board is committed to achieving high standards of 
corporate governance, integrity and business ethics. The 
Group has taken into consideration the guidance for 
smaller quoted companies on the QCA Code produced 
by the Quoted Companies Alliance Corporate Governance 
Code (the “QCA Code”) and taken steps to apply the 
principles of this code in so far as it can be applied 
practically, given the current size of the Group and the 
nature of its operations, see page 55.

Under the AIM Rules, the Group is not required to comply 
with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance 
Code. While the UK Corporate Governance Code has not 
been applied in full, the Board has continued working 
towards full compliance over the coming years.

Leadership and role of the Board
The Board is responsible for setting the Group’s values 
and standards and promotes these values throughout the 
organisation. The Board is responsible for ensuring that 
its obligations to its shareholders and other stakeholders, 
including  employees,  suppliers,  customers  and  the 
community, are understood and met.

The Board’s duties are set out in a formal schedule of matters 
specifically reserved for Board decisions. The governance 
structure of the Group is detailed on page 56 of this report.

The  Board  comprises  three  Executive  Directors, 
a Non-Executive Chairman and two Non-Executive Directors. 
The  names,  biographical  details  and  Committee 
memberships of the Board are set out on pages 52 and 53 
of this report and a skills matrix is shown on page 58. 
Responsibilities of each Board member have been clearly 
established  and  there  is  a  clearly  defined  division  of 
responsibility between the Chairman and the Chief Executive 
as shown on page 57. 

4
5

Board Committees
The corporate governance structure and framework is 
illustrated on page 56 which also details the responsibilities 
of the Nomination Committee, Remuneration Committee 
and Audit and Risk Committee.

Board effectiveness, composition 
and independence of the Board
During the year, and up until the date of signing this report, 
the Board comprised a Non-Executive Chairman, two 
Non-Executive Directors and three Executive Directors. 
The Board has determined that the Non-Executive Directors 
are independent in character and judgement and neither 
represents  a  major  shareholder  group  nor  has  any 
involvement in the day to day management of the Company 
or its subsidiaries. The Non-Executive Directors continue 
to complement the Executive Directors’ experience and 
skills, bringing independent judgement and objectivity 
to enhance shareholder value.

The skills and experience of the Non-Executive Directors 
are wide and varied, and they provide constructive challenge 
in the boardroom. The composition of the Board is intended 
to  ensure  that  its  membership  represents  a  mix  of 
backgrounds and experience that will optimise the quality 
of deliberations and decision making. We consider diversity 
in  the  composition  to  be  an  important  factor  in  the 
effectiveness of the Board and, in searching for prospective 
Directors, we consider the existing skill sets of the Board 
and areas we have identified for development to meet 
future  needs  and  address  succession  planning.  

The Board composition of Non-Executive and Executive 
Directors has remained the same during the financial year. 
The Board members seek continuous improvement, ensuring 
they have the necessary up-to-date experience, skills and 
capabilities, undertaking development and training where 
required, see further information below. Although not 
members of the Committees, the Executive Directors attend 
meetings of the Audit and Risk Committee, Remuneration 
Committee and Nomination Committee as invited attendees, 
when appropriate. The skills matrix shown on page 58 
illustrates the skills and experience of our Non-Executive 
and Executive Directors. The Board considers that it is an 
appropriate size and the Directors have an appropriate 
balance of skills and experience to manage the requirements 
of the business. 

Performance
The  Board  conducts  a  review  of  the  performance  of 
individual Directors, to monitor and improve effectiveness. 
The review of the Chief Executive is undertaken by the 
Non-Executive Chairman. In addition to individual reviews, 
the Board considers its overall performance as a body and 
the  performance  of  its  Committees.  The  review  has 
confirmed that the performance of the Board and its 
Committees is effective and appropriate.

Development and training
The Chairman is responsible for ensuring Directors’ continuing 
professional development and every Director is entitled to 
receive  training  and  development  relevant  to  their 
responsibilities and duties. The Directors take advantage of 
relevant seminars and conferences, and receive training and 
advice on new regulatory requirements and relevant current 
developments from the Company and professional advisers.

Section 172 Duties
The Directors are obliged to fulfil their section 172 duties, 
having regard to the factors set out in the Chairman’s 
Statement on page 7 and also on pages 50 and 51, and in 
taking decisions, ensure that they promote the success of 
the  Company  as  a  whole.  We  believe  that  effective 
stakeholder engagement is critical to running a long-term 
sustainable business and by considering the Company’s 
strategic priorities and having a process in place for decision 
making, the Board aims to make sure that its approach to 
decision making and consideration of stakeholder interests 
is consistent. Further information on the Company’s key 
stakeholders is shown on pages 48 and 49.

Stakeholder interests and engagement
The  Board  is  committed  to  maintaining  an  ongoing 
dialogue with the Company’s shareholders. The principal 
methods of communication with private investors remain 
the Annual Report and financial statements, the Interim 
Report,  half  and  full  year  investor  presentations,  the 
Annual General Meeting (“AGM”) and the Group’s website, 
www.tattonassetmanagement.com.

The AGM provides a forum for constructive communication 
between the Board and the shareholders. All shareholders 
are invited to raise any issues or concerns arising from the 
business proposed to be conducted at the AGM meeting 
by email in advance. Responses are published on the 
Company’s website on the morning of the AGM. In addition, 
throughout the year, the Executive Directors, and separately 
the Chairman, meet with investors to discuss matters 
relevant to the Company.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCETATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Internal control and risk management
The Board is ultimately responsible for the Group’s system 
of internal control and for reviewing its effectiveness. Such 
systems are designed to manage rather than eliminate 
risks  and  can  only  provide  reasonable,  not  absolute, 
assurance against material misstatement or loss. An ongoing 
process has been established to promote and communicate 
an appropriate risk culture within the Group and to identify, 
evaluate and manage significant risks faced by each part 
of the Group.

This process has been in place throughout the year under 
review  and  includes  key  risks  (industry,  financial  and 
operational) facing the Group. The process has also included 
the review and circulation of the whistleblowing policy to 
enable anonymous reporting of complaints. In addition, 

the Board has also received external reports in relation to 
cyber security and uses a range of measures to manage 
this risk, including the use of cyber security policies and 
procedures, security protection tools and ongoing detection 
and monitoring of threats. The Board routinely reviews the 
effectiveness of the systems of internal control and risk 
management to ensure controls react to changes in the 
Group’s operations.

Approved and authorised for issue by the Board of Directors 
and signed on its behalf by:

PAU L   E DWA R D S
C H I E F   F I N A N C I A L   O F F I C E R

Q C A   C O D E
The  Group  has  adopted  the  Quoted  Companies  Alliance  Corporate  Governance  Code  (the  “QCA  Code”). 
The QCA Code is built on the three fundamentals of delivering growth; maintaining a dynamic management framework; 
and building trust, each of which the Board is committed to, as it believes these will support the Group’s medium 
to long-term success.

Q C A   C O D E 
P R I N C I P L E

R E Q U I R E D   D I S C L O S U R E

R E F E R E N C E

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1 0

Establish a strategy and business model which 
promote long-term value for shareholders

Our business model is shown on pages 
18 and 19 of the 2023 Annual Report

5
5

Seek to understand and meet shareholder 
needs and expectations

How we engage with our stakeholders 
is shown on pages 48 to 51 of the 2023 
Annual Report

Take into account wider stakeholder and  
social responsibilities and their implications  
for long-term success

Embed effective risk management, 
considering both opportunities and threats, 
throughout the organisation
Maintain the board as a well-functioning, 
balanced team led by the chair

Ensure that between them the directors 
have the necessary up-to-date experience, 
skills and capabilities
Evaluate board performance based 
on clear and relevant objectives, 
seeking continuous improvement

Promote a corporate culture that is 
based on ethical values and behaviours

How we engage with our stakeholders 
is shown on pages 48 to 51 of the 2023 
Annual Report

Our risk management processes and 
principal risks are shown on pages 30 to 33 
the 2023 Annual Report

Details of our Board members are shown 
on pages 52, 53, 57 and 58 of the 2023 
Annual Report

Details of our Board members are shown 
on pages 52, 53, 57 and 58 of the 2023 
Annual Report

The Corporate Governance Report and 
Remuneration Report are detailed on 
pages 54, 55 and 60 to 63 of the 2023 
Annual Report

Our ESG report is shown on pages 36 to 47 
of the 2023 Annual Report

Maintain governance structures and processes 
that are fit for purpose and support good 
decision making by the board

The Corporate Governance Report is detailed 
on pages 54 to 57, with further details of the 
Board’s decision making detailed on page 50 
of the 2023 Annual Report

Communicate how the company is 
governed and is performing by maintaining 
a dialogue with shareholders and other 
relevant stakeholders

How we engage with our stakeholders is 
shown on pages 48 to 51 and our Corporate 
Governance Report and Remuneration 
Report are detailed on pages 54, 55 and 
60 to 63 of the 2023 Annual Report

STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023DI VISION  OF RESPONSIBILITIES

Governance 
structure

E X E C U T I V E   C O M M I T T E E

The key responsibilities of the Executive Committee include:

 — Delivery of the Group strategy
 — Monitoring the operating and financial performance 

of the Group and its divisions

 — Risk management
 — Cash management
 — Business planning
 — Review and monitoring of the Group and Company regulatory 

capital requirements and headroom

 — Relationships with relevant authorities and regulatory stakeholders
 — Legal and regulatory matters
 — People
 — Brand and reputation

DIVISIONAL AND OPER ATING COMPANY BOARDS
The divisions and Group companies have their own company boards 
and senior management reporting structures. These boards are 
responsible for:

 — Review of individual divisional and company operating 

and financial performance and budgets

 — Sales and marketing
 — Customer service
 — People retention and development
 — Supplier relationship management
 — Regulatory matters
 — Health and safety

Across the Group, there are also a number of other committees 
and teams who report to the Company and Group boards.

These committees and teams have specialist knowledge and 
experience to review and share information, make decisions 
where appropriate or report to the boards for decision making 
where relevant.

Investment Committee

•  Sales
•  Operations
• 
•  Ethical Investment Committee
•  Membership
•  Compliance
• 

IT

6
5

The Board is responsible for the long-term success of the Group and it is ultimately accountable for the Group’s strategy, risk management 
and performance. The Board’s primary roles are to provide entrepreneurial leadership to the Group within a framework of prudent and 
effective control which enables risk to be assessed and managed, and to set the Group’s strategic objectives and ensure that the necessary 
resources are made available so that those objectives can be met.

T H E   B OA R D

Key responsibilities include:
 — Overall management of the Group’s strategy and  

long-term objectives

 — Reviewing the Group’s risk management and system 

of internal control

 — Reviewing the Group’s financial performance and approving 

the Group’s interim and annual results, dividend policy and 
shareholder distributions

 — Approving changes to the Group’s capital structure
 — Approval of corporate plans, including material 

corporate transactions

 — Approving changes to the Board and other senior executive roles

 — Reviewing corporate governance arrangements

AU D I T   A N D   R I S K   C O M M I T T E E
The Audit and Risk Committee is 
responsible for: 

R E M U N E R AT I O N   C O M M I T T E E
The Remuneration Committee is responsible for: 

N O M I N AT I O N   C O M M I T T E E
The Nomination Committee is responsible for:

 — Determining all elements of remuneration 

 — Ensuring the right composition of 

 — Reviewing and monitoring the integrity 
of the Group’s financial statements

for the Executive Directors and for 
reviewing its ongoing appropriateness

 — Reviewing significant financial reporting 

 — Considering shareholder feedback 

Board members through evaluating 
the balance of skills, knowledge, 
experience and diversity on the Board

matters and accounting policies, 
judgements and estimates

 — Reviewing internal and external 

audit activity

 — Overseeing the relationship with the 

external auditor, including appointment, 
removal and fees

 — Approving non-audit fees and the 

related policy

 — Monitoring and mitigating emerging 

and principal risks

 — Monitoring the effectiveness 

of risk management and internal 
control systems

 — Reviewing any reports of whistleblowing

on the remuneration policy

 — Reviewing the structure, size and 

composition of the Board and Board 
Committees and making 
recommendations to the Board

 — Leading the process for recruitment 
of Board positions and consideration 
of succession planning

 — Reviewing wider strategic remuneration 
strategy to ensure stakeholder alignment
 — Determining the design of all share incentive 

plans for approval by the Board and 
shareholders, ensuring these are aligned 
to the Group’s purpose and values. This also 
includes determining each year whether 
awards will be made and the overall amount 
of such awards and individual awards
 — Determining targets for performance-

related incentive schemes and approving 
total annual payments under these schemes

 — Reviewing diversity and inclusion 
policies and practices and related 
reporting requirements

 — Considering the remuneration trends and 
any major changes in employee benefit 
structures across the Group and the 
wider industry

CORPORATE GOVERNANCETATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Board 
responsibilities

C H A I R M A N 

C H I E F   E X E C U T I V E   O F F I C E R

The Chairman is responsible for:

The Chief Executive is responsible for:

Leading the Board, ensuring that shareholders are adequately 
informed with respect to the Group’s affairs and that there 
are efficient communication channels between management, 
the Board and shareholders;

Recommending and managing the strategies of the Group 
and leading the senior management team in developing and 
implementing the strategy to maximise shareholder value; 

Setting the agenda for each meeting of the Board in conjunction 
with the Company Secretary, in line with the annual worklist 
agreed by the Board;

Encouraging constructive Board relations and promoting open 
debate and effective discussion and challenge at meetings, 
ensuring  an  environment  in  which  each  Director  feels 
comfortable to contribute to effective decision making; and

Overseeing  the  implementation  of  high  standards  of 
corporate governance, as well as evaluating the performance 
of the Board, its Committees and individual Directors on 
an annual basis.

Maintaining relationships with shareholders and other 
key stakeholders;

The effectiveness of the Executive Committee, and developing 
its capabilities to ensure the business delivers on strategic 
objectives  set  out  by  the  Board  in  line  with  the  Group’s 
risk appetite; and

Communicating the views of the senior management team 
on business issues to the non-executive members of the 
Board,  as  well  as  developing  the  Group  policies  and 
communicating the Company values.

C H I E F   F I N A N C I A L   O F F I C E R

C H I E F   I N V E S T M E N T   O F F I C E R

The Chief Financial Officer is responsible for:

The Chief Investment Officer is responsible for:

5
7

Monitoring the financial position of the Group to meet its 
regulatory requirements and the management of the capital 
structure, ensuring adequate working capital and liquidity 
to meet the business’ strategic objectives;

Providing strategic financial leadership and day to day 
management of the finance function;

Explaining the performance of the Group to shareholders, 
together with the Chief Executive; and

Adding a commercial and internal perspective to Board 
discussions and to support the CEO in communicating the 
views and proposals of the senior management team on 
business issues to the non-executive members of the Board.

Managing Tatton’s investment portfolio performance, 
and setting the investment style and strategy of the 
investments;
Providing expert knowledge on all investment activities 
within  Tatton,  and  maintain  knowledge  on  all  market 
securities and portfolio management products; and

Leading a team of investment professionals who are responsible 
for sourcing, managing and monitoring investments as well 
as establishing an investment policy statement. The Chief 
Investment Officer will provide insight and direction to the 
team ensuring the investment portfolios meet client needs 
and remain within the agreed investment framework.

E X E C U T I V E   D I R E C T O R S

N O N - E X E C U T I V E   D I R E C T O R S

The Executive Directors on the Board are responsible for:

The Non-Executive Directors are responsible for:

Implementing the agreed strategy and the day to day 
management of the business;

Contributing  to  the  Group’s  strategy  whilst  providing 
constructive  challenge  to  management  performance 
to ensure effective decision making;

Inputting into and reviewing the annual business plan, 
budget and strategic long-term direction of the Group;

Approving the expenditure and other financial commitments 
within its authority levels and discussing, formulating and 
approving proposals to be considered by the Board; and

Scrutinising the performance of the Executive Directors in 
relation to the delivery of strategy and the personal objectives 
which are set for the individual members of the Board, 
as well as the implementation of Board decisions and 
compliance with the Group’s regulatory and legal obligations;

Identifying areas of improvement across the Group and 
leading the senior management team in the implementation 
of such improvements.

Providing independent judgement and offering specialist 
advice to the Board, taking into account the views of all 
of the organisation’s stakeholders; and

Reviewing Group financial information and ensure the 
systems of internal control and risk management framework 
are appropriate.

STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023BOARD SK ILLS

Key skills and 
experience

The  Board  consists  of  six  members,  comprising  the 
N o n - E xecu t ive  Ch a i rm a n ,  S e n io r  I n d e p e n d e n t 
Non-Executive Director and Non-Executive Director and 
three Executive Directors – the CEO, CFO and CIO.

Skills and experience
The Board considers it is an appropriate size and that the 
Directors have an appropriate balance of complementary 
technical skills, education and professional experience to 
manage the requirements of the business. The Nomination 
Committee reviews the size, structure and composition of 
the Board and its Committees to ensure an appropriate 
and  diverse  mix  of  skills,  experience,  knowledge, 
backgrounds, and personal strengths and to ensure these 
align with the needs and strategic objectives of the Group. 

The Nomination Committee will look to recruit new members 
to the Board should it identify any gaps in the skills matrix 
which cannot be delivered by existing Board members.

Board members maintain and extend their skill sets through 
practice in day-to-day roles, enhanced with attending 
specific training where required to ensure that the Board 
members have the necessary up-to-date experience, skills 
and capabilities for an agile Board.

Biographies of each of the Non-Executive and Executive 
Directors are set out on pages 52 and 53 and a summary 
of their key skills and experience is shown below.

M E E T I N G   AT T E N DA N C E

BOARD MEMBER

8
5

Board

Audit and Risk Committee

Nomination Committee

Remuneration Committee

ROGER 
CORNICK

CHRIS 
POIL

LESLE Y 
WAT T

PAUL 
HOGARTH

LOTHAR 
MENTEL

PAUL 
EDWARDS

5/5

4/4

–

3/3

5/5

4/4

–

3/3

5/5

4/4

–

3/3

5/5

4/4

–

3/3

5/5

–

–

–

5/5

4/4

–

3/3

K E Y   S K I L L S   A N D   E X P E R I E N C E   O F   D I R E C T O R S

BOARD MEMBER

ROGER 
CORNICK

CHRIS 
POIL

LESLE Y 
WAT T

PAUL 
HOGARTH

LOTHAR 
MENTEL

PAUL 
EDWARDS

Financial services experience

Corporate governance 
in UK listed companies

Culture and values

Accounting and finance

Audit

Risk and regulation

Corporate strategy

Executive management

Remuneration

Marketing and distribution strategy

Mergers and acquisitions

Investment management

Media relations

Human resources

IT and cyber security

CORPORATE GOVERNANCETATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023M ON ITORIN G CULTURE

How the Board 
monitors culture

The Board is committed to taking responsibility for 
developing  and  maintaining  a  strong,  value-based 
corporate culture across our Group and is supported in 
this by the senior management team. The Board interacts 
with employees and monitors the Group’s culture on an 
ongoing basis, ensuring our values are embedded across 
the organisation. The Board uses a number of indicators 
to inform its regular assessment of the Group’s strategy, 
values and purpose, and to determine whether the culture 
continues to be aligned with the Group strategy.

The strategic direction, values, and purpose of TAM are 
outlined on pages 4 and 5, serving as a comprehensive 
representation, for employees and stakeholders, of the 
Group’s aims and objectives and the means by which it 
strives to achieve them. The Group’s culture, underpinned 
by its core values, is critical in ensuring that TAM can meet 
its strategic objectives.

The Board plays a key role in ensuring an inclusive and 
equitable workplace environment, where employees are 
empowered to make sound decisions. To provide employees 
with the necessary guidance, a collection of resources are 
made available, including a variety of Group policies, the 
comprehensive employee handbook, and interactive online 
training modules. Upon joining the Group, all employees 
receive a copy of the Group’s Code of Conduct, which outlines 
the expected standards of behaviour and ethical practices.

In order for the Board to develop their understanding of 
the culture within the organisation, the Board draws insights 
from both formal and informal sources. These sources of 
information enable the Board to actively monitor and assess 
the culture across the Group. The key sources utilised by 
the Board to gain comprehensive insights into the Group’s 
culture include:

•  Feedback from all employee engagement with 

the Board and senior management

•  Regular updates to the Board from the 

Chief Executive and other senior management 
on people matters and recruitment

•  Employee survey results
•  Board and Committee presentations at Annual Staff 

Days and regular divisional and team meetings
•  Review of people-related risks at the Audit and 

Risk Committee

•  Compliance reports from the Head of Compliance
•  Whistleblowing performance

The Board is satisfied with the sustained high level of 
engagement with TAM’s values. Nevertheless, this aspect 
will  remain  a  key  focal  point  for  continued  attention 
and improvement.

5
9

STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Service contracts
It is the Group’s policy for all Executive Directors to have 
contracts of employment that contain a termination notice 
period of not less than 12 months. All Executive Director 
appointments continue until terminated by either party 
on giving not less than 12 months’ notice to the other party. 
Non-Executive Directors do not have service contracts. 
A letter of appointment provides for an initial period of 
12 months and continues until terminated by either party 
giving three months’ prior written notice to expire at any 
time on or after the initial 12-month period.

Components of remuneration
Salaries and fees
Salaries  for  Executive  Directors  are  determined  by  the 
Remuneration Committee. The level of salary broadly reflects 
the value of the individual, and their role, skills and experience. 
Salaries are reviewed annually in March, with any changes 
typically taking effect in April, and take account of market 
levels, corporate performance and individual performance.

Fees to Non-Executive Directors are determined by the 
Board, having regard to fees paid to other Non-Executive 
Directors in other UK quoted companies, the responsibilities 
of the individual Non-Executive Director and the time 
committed to the Company.

Pension provision
Where an Executive Director has not reached their maximum 
lifetime allowance, the Group will pay minimum contributions 
into a personal pension plan nominated by each Executive 
Director at a rate between 5% and 10% of their basic salary. 
If the maximum lifetime allowance has been reached, 
the Director will receive the equivalent in basic salary.

Other benefits
Executive Directors are entitled to benefits commensurate 
with their position, including consideration for a discretionary 
performance-related annual bonus scheme, private medical 
cover, life assurance and car allowances.

DI RECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT

Remuneration policy
Remuneration policy for Executive Directors
The policy of the Remuneration Committee is to set basic 
salaries at a level which is competitive with that of comparable 
businesses. The same principles are applied to Directors’ fixed 
remuneration, pension contributions and benefits as are applied 
to those of employees throughout the organisation.

The main principles of the senior executive remuneration 
policy are set out below:

•  Attract and retain high calibre executives in a 

competitive market, and remunerate executives 
fairly and responsibly;

•  Motivate delivery of our key business strategies 

and encourage a strong and sustainable performance 
orientated culture;

•  Align the business strategy and achievement 

of planned business objectives; and

•  Take into consideration the views of shareholders 

and best-practice guidelines.

The Committee believes that the level of remuneration for 
Executive Directors is commensurate with the corporate 
and personal performance of the Executive Directors for 
the financial year ended 31 March 2023.

External appointments
It is the policy of the Group, which is reflected in the contract 
of employment, that no Executive Director may accept 
any Non-Executive Directorships or other appointments 
without the prior approval of the Board. Any outside 
appointments are considered by the Nomination Committee 
or the Board to ensure that they would not give rise to a 
conflict of interest. It is the Group’s policy that remuneration 
earned from any such appointment may be retained by the 
individual Executive Director.

0
6

Remuneration policy for the Chairman and 
Non-Executive Directors
The Chairman and other Non-Executive Directors are 
appointed under a letter of appointment. The letters of 
appointment cover such matters as duties, time commitment 
and other business interests. The Remuneration Committee 
determines  the  remuneration  for  the  Chairman  and 
Non-Executive  Directors  within  the  limits  set  in  the 
Company’s  Articles  of  Association.  The  fee  for  the 
Chairman’s role takes into account the time commitment 
required for the role, the skills and experience of the 
individual, and market practice in comparable companies. 
The Chairman’s fee is currently set at £120,000 per annum. 
The Non-Executive Director fees policy is to pay a basic 
fee for membership of the Board, with additional fees for 
the Senior Independent Director and Chairmanship of a 
Committee to take into account the additional responsibilities 
and  time  commitments  of  these  roles.  The  Senior 
Independent Non-Executive Director’s fee is currently set 
at £90,000 per annum and the Non-Executive Director’s 
fee is currently set at £60,000.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCETATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Single total figure of remuneration for each Director (audited)
Directors’ remuneration payable in respect of the year ended 31 March 2023 was as follows:

EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

Paul Hogarth
Lothar Mentel
Paul Edwards
Sub-total
Non-Executives
Roger Cornick
Chris Poil
Lesley Watt
Total

EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

Paul Hogarth
Lothar Mentel
Paul Edwards
Sub-total
Non-Executives
Roger Cornick
Chris Poil
Lesley Watt
Total

BASIC 
SAL ARY 
AND
FEES 1, 2

£’000

 342 
 299
 263 
 904 

 120 
 90 
 60 
 1,174 

BASIC 
SAL ARY 
AND
FEES 1 , 2

£’000

342
302
263
907

120
90
60
1,177

31/03/2023

BONUS
£’000

LONG-TERM
INCENTIVES3
£’000

SHARESAVE4
£’000

 80 
 80 
 80 
 240 

–
–
–
 240 

–
–
 – 
 – 

–
–
–
–

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

–
–
–
 – 

31/03/2022

BONUS 
£’000

LONG -TERM
INCENTIVES 3
£’000

SHARESAVE4
£’000

300
269
269 
838 

–
–
–
838

1,470
1,470
3,408
6,348

–
–
–
6,348

–
–
5
5

–
–
–
5

PENSION -
REL ATED 
AND OTHER 
TA X ABLE 
BENEFITS 
£’000

 2 
 17 
 1 
 20 

–
–
–
 20 

PENSION-
REL ATED 
AND OTHER 
TA X ABLE 
BENEFITS 
£’000

2 
15
1
18

–
–
–
 18 

TOTAL 
£’000

 424 
 396 
 344 
 1,164 

 120 
 90 
 60 
 1,434 

TOTAL 
£’000

2,114
2,056
3,946
8,116
–
120 
90 
60
8,386

Notes
1.  Paul Hogarth has received additional basic salary in lieu of provision of a company car. Lothar Mentel was provided with a company car 

in the year ending 31 March 2022, reducing the amount paid through basic salary and increasing other taxable benefits.

2.  All Executive Directors have received additional basic salary in lieu of pension contributions.
3.  Represents the market value on vest date of any long-term incentive awards vested during the relevant financial year.
4.   Value of benefit associated with discount of the Sharesave scheme which vested during the relevant financial year.

6
1

Short-term incentives
2023 Performance and remuneration outcomes
Our remuneration framework for our Executive Directors 
is closely aligned with the financial performance of the 
Group. The Group’s assets under management grew by 
12.3% to reach £12.735 billion at 31 March 2023, revenue 
grew by 10.1% to £32.327 million and adjusted operating 
profit* grew by 12.9% to £16.402 million, which represents 
an underlying operating margin of 50.7%. Any bonuses 
paid as a short-term incentive are based on predetermined 
financial targets set at the start of the financial year and 
personal performance. For further details on the financial 
performance of the firm, please see pages 34 and 35.

Malus and clawback
The short-term cash bonuses for the Executive Directors 
are subject to formal malus and clawback mechanisms.

Long-term incentives
The long-term incentive plan for Executives is designed 
to reward execution of strategy and growth in shareholder 
value over a multiple-year period. Long-term performance 
measurement  discourages  excessive  risk  taking  and 
inappropriate short-term behaviours and encourages 
Executive Directors to take a long-term view by aligning 

their interests with those of shareholders. Where possible, 
and to the limits applied by the legislation, the long-term 
incentive plan benefits from the tax advantages under an 
Enterprise Management Incentive (“EMI”) scheme.

Sharesave plan
The Sharesave plan is an “all-employee” save as you earn 
(“SAYE”) share option plan which gives eligible participating 
employees the opportunity to acquire ordinary shares in the 
Company using savings of up to £500 per month or such 
other  amount  permitted  under  the  relevant  legislation 
governing “tax-approved” savings-related share option plans.

Tam plc long-term incentive plan
The Directors have adopted the TAM plc EMI plan, which 
became effective on admission and which was extended 
in each subsequent year up to 2022. The EMI plan is a share 
option plan under which all eligible employees (including 
Executive Directors) may be granted options over shares 
on a tax-advantaged basis, under the provisions of Schedule 
5 of the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003 
(“Schedule 5”). Non-qualifying options may also be granted 
under the EMI plan.

*  Alternative performance measures are detailed in note 23.

STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023DI RECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONT INUED

Vesting of 2019 EMI scheme
The EMI options granted in 2019 were based on a combination of targets for adjusted fully diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) 
growth of 40% and total shareholder return (“TSR”) of 25% compound annual growth over a three-year period.

The 2019 EMI scheme vested in August 2022 and the vesting outcome was 100% of the total options granted. This resulted 
in 151,500 options vesting. During the year, 139,500 shares were issued by the Company to satisfy options which were 
exercised, with the remaining 12,000 options being unexercised as at 31 March 2023. No Director received shares from 
the 2019 scheme. The Company issued a further 50,000 shares in the year to satisfy the exercise of the 2018 scheme 
options which vested in August 2021 but which remained unexercised as at 31 March 2022. 

Performance conditions for current EMI schemes
Options granted under the EMI plan are only exercisable subject to the satisfaction of performance conditions which 
will determine the proportion of the option that will vest at the end of the three-year performance period. The performance 
conditions used in determining the number of options that will vest are split, with 75% of the shares vesting by reference 
to growth in adjusted EPS and 25% of the shares vesting based on growth in TSR over the three-year performance period.

PERFORMANCE 
CONDITION

WEIGHTING

VESTING CRITERIA

EPS

75%

13% straight-line growth results in 33% of the option subject to the EPS 
measure vesting

TSR

25%

2
6

40% straight-line growth results in 100% of the option subject to the EPS 
measure vesting

If the growth rate falls between the thresholds above, the proportion of options 
subject to the EPS measure that vest will be determined on a straight-line basis

8.25% compound annual growth rate results in 33% of the option subject to the 
TSR measure vesting

For options granted in 2017 to 2020 — 25% compound annual growth rate results 
in 100% of the option subject to the TSR measure vesting

For options granted in 2021 to 2022 — 20% compound annual growth rate results 
in 100% of the option subject to the TSR measure vesting

If the compound annual growth rate falls between the thresholds above, 
the proportion of options subject to the TSR measure that vest will be 
determined on a straight-line basis

The Committee currently believes these are fair and appropriate conditions for rewarding participants as they align 
their interests with those of shareholders and, being measured over a three-year period, align the reward with the 
Group’s strategy for growth by encouraging longer-term profitable growth. When determining the adjusted EPS growth, 
the shares will be fully diluted and the impact of adjusted items as determined by the Board, see note 9, will be disregarded 
to ensure that they do not artificially impact the EPS measurement.

The option will vest in respect of growth in EPS and compound annual growth in TSR over the three-year performance 
periods, commencing 1 April in the year that the options have been granted.

Directors’ interests in share options
Unexercised and outstanding share options granted to Executive Directors are as follows:

EXECUTIVE 
DIRECTORS

DATE OF 
GR ANT

EXERCISE 
PRICE

AT 31 MARCH 
2022 
NUMBER

GR ANTED 
DURING THE 
YE AR
NUMBER

EXERCISED 
DURING THE 
YE AR
NUMBER

L APSED 
DURING THE 
YE AR
NUMBER

AT 31 MARCH 
2023 
NUMBER

Paul Hogarth

7 August 2018

28 July 2020

15 July 2021

25 July 2022

Lothar Mentel

7 July 2017

7 August 2018

28 July 2020

15 July 2021

25 July 2022

Paul Edwards

28 July 2020

15 July 2021

25 July 2022

£0.00

£0.00

£0.00

£0.00

£1.89

£0.00

£0.00

£0.00

£0.00

£0.00

£0.00

£0.00

125,992

174,758

25,000

–

–

–

–

30,000

849,044

297,000

162,274

25,000

–

–

–

–

–

30,000

141,624

25,000

–

1,825,692

–

–

30,000

90,000

–

–

–

–

–

(50,000)

–

–

–

–

–

–

(50,000)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

125,992

174,758

25,000

30,000

849,044

247,000

162,274

25,000

30,000

141,624

25,000

30,000

1,865,692

Malus and clawback
Vested and unvested EMI plan awards are subject to a formal malus and clawback mechanism.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCETATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Grant of equity share options under the EMI plan
At 31 March 2023, the Company had granted options 
to certain of its Executive Directors and senior managers 
to acquire (in aggregate) up to 8.54% of its share capital. 

After the utilisation of the shares held by the EBT to satisfy 
the exercise of employee EMI options, the EBT held a total 
of nil ordinary shares at 31 March 2023 (2022: nil) equating 
to nil% of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company 
(2022: nil%).

Terms of awards
Options may be granted over newly issued shares, treasury 
shares  or  shares  purchased  in  the  market.  To  satisfy 
exercised options, shares may be purchased in the market 
or new shares subscribed from the Company. At 31 March 
2023, the Company held no shares in treasury (2022: nil), 
other than those held by the Employee Benefit Trust to 
satisfy options awarded under share incentive schemes.

Unapproved share scheme
Options issued under the long-term incentives are intended 
to be qualifying options for EMI purposes. If they are not 
qualifying options (for example, because they exceed the 
statutory limit at the date of grant) then they will take 
effect as unapproved options, which cannot benefit from 
the preferential tax treatments afforded to options granted 
pursuant to an EMI scheme.

Employee Benefit Trust (“EBT”)
The Company’s EBT was established for the benefit of the 
employees and former employees of the Group, and their 
dependants. The EBT may be used in conjunction with the 
EMI plan where the Remuneration Committee decides in its 
discretion that it is appropriate to do so. The Company may 
provide funds to the trustee by way of loan or gift to enable 
the trustee to subscribe or purchase existing shares in the 
market in order to satisfy awards made under the EMI plan or 
the SAYE share option plan. During the year, the Company 
has made a gift of £0.028 million to the EBT (2022: £0.193 million).

Total shareholder return from admission on AIM to 
31 March 2023
The Company’s share price in the period from admission 
on AIM on 7 July 2017 to 31 March 2023 increased from 
£1.56  to  £4.47  and  market  capitalisation  grew  from 
£87,215,720 to £286,465,794, with £30.13 million returned 
to shareholders by way of dividend.

The graph below shows the Company’s TSR compared 
with the FTSE AIM All-Share Index in the 12 months to 
31 March 2023. TSR is defined as share price growth plus 
reinvested dividends. The Directors consider the FTSE AIM 
All-Share Index to be the most appropriate index against 
which the TSR of the Company should be measured.

Directors’ interests
The beneficial interests of the Directors and their connected 
persons in the ordinary share capital of the Company at 
31 March 2023 were as follows:

PA U L   H O G A R T H

LOT H A R   M E N T E L

PA U L   E DWA R D S

C H R I S TO P H E R   P O I L

R O G E R   C O R N I C K

L E S L E Y  WAT T

9,668,194

1,022,373

511,628

173,205

32,051

2,325

16.10%

1.67%

0.85%

0.29%

0.05%

0.00%

6
3

120

110

100

90

80

70

60

31/04/2022

31/05/2022

31/06/2022

31/07/2022

31/08/2022

31/09/2022

31/10/2022

31/11/2022

31/12/2022

31/01/2023

31/02/2023

31/03/2023

TATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC
FTSE AIM ALL-SHARE TOTAL RETURN GBP

Source: Morningstar Direct

STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023DI RECTORS’ REPORT

The Directors are pleased to present their report together with the audited consolidated 
financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2023.

Review of the business and future developments
A review of the business and future developments can be found in the Chairman’s Statement and the Chief Executive’s 
Review on pages 6 and 7 and 8 to 11 respectively.

Principal activities
TAM plc is a holding company whose shares are listed on the AIM market of the London Stock Exchange and is domiciled 
and incorporated in the UK. It has three core operating subsidiaries within two core operating divisions as follows:

SUBSIDIARY NAME

Tatton Investment Management Limited 
(“Tatton”)

Paradigm Partners Limited  
(“Paradigm Consulting” or “PPL”)

Paradigm Mortgage Services LLP  
(“PMS”)

% OWNED BY 
THE COMPANY

PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES   
OF THE SUBSIDIARY

OPER ATING 
DIVISION

100%

100%

100%

Provides investment management for 
model portfolios and multi-manager funds

Tatton

Provides compliance consultancy and 
technical support services to IFAs

Paradigm

Provides mortgage and insurance product 
distribution services

Paradigm

The Company’s key stakeholders are shown on pages 48 
and 49, and we have detailed how we engage with them 
and understand their issues and the impact of the decisions 
of management on them.

Alternative performance measures
We use a number of performance measures to assist in 
presenting information in this statement in a way which 
can be easily analysed and understood. We use such 
measures consistently and reconcile them as appropriate, 
and they are used by management in evaluating performance. 
See notes 2.25 and 23.

Share capital
As at 31 March 2023, there were 60,055,722 fully paid 
ordinary shares of 20p amounting to £12,011,144, an increase 
of £228,167 on the prior year due to the issue of shares 
upon exercise of employee share options and the issue 
of shares on acquisition of 8AM.

Details of the issued share capital shown are in note 19 to 
the consolidated financial statements. The Company has 
one class of ordinary shares which carry no right to fixed 
income. Each ordinary share carries the right to one vote 
at general meetings of the Company. There are no specific 
restrictions on the size of a holding or on the transfer of 
shares, which are both governed by the general provisions 
of the Articles of Association and prevailing legislation 
other than: certain restrictions may be imposed from time 
to time by laws and regulations pursuant to the Listing 
Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”), whereby 
certain Directors, Officers and employees of the Group 
require the approval of the Group to deal in the ordinary 
shares of the Company.

The Directors are not aware of any other agreements 
between holders of the Company’s shares that may result 
in restrictions on the transfer of securities or on voting 
rights. No person has any special rights of control over the 
Company’s share capital and all issued shares are fully paid.

Results and dividends
G ro u p  p rof it  b e fo re  t a x  wa s  £ 1 5 . 9 9 6  m i l l i o n 
(2022: £11.275 million), an increase of 41.9% largely due to 
the growth in revenue in the year. Adjusted operating 
profit* was £16.402 million (2022: £14.526 million), giving 
an adjusted operating profit* margin of 50.7% (2022: 49.5%).
Operating profit after the effect of share-based payments, 
amortisation on acquisition-related intangible assets, 
changes  in  fair  value  of  deferred  consideration  and 
exceptional items is £16.610 million (2022: £11.630 million).

4
6

An  interim  dividend  in  respect  of  the  period  ended 
30  September  2022  of  4.5p  per  share  was  paid  to 
shareholders  on  16  December  2022.  The  Directors 
recommend a final dividend of 10.0p per share. This has 
not been included within the Group financial statements 
as no obligation existed at 31 March 2023. If approved, the 
final dividend will be paid on 15 August 2023 to ordinary 
shareholders whose names are on the register at the close 
of business on 7 July 2023.

The Company operates a progressive dividend policy to 
grow dividends in line with the Group’s adjusted earnings, 
with a target payout ratio in the region of 70% of annual 
adjusted diluted earnings per share. The policy is intended 
to ensure that shareholders benefit from the growth of the 
Group, and it aligns with the strategic objective of growing 
our dividend. The Board recognises the importance of 
dividends to shareholders and the benefit of providing 
sustainable shareholder returns. The target payout ratio 
has been adopted to provide sufficient flexibility for the 
Board to remunerate shareholders for their investment 
whilst recognising that there may at times be a requirement 
to retain capital within the Group. In determining the level 
of dividend in any year, the Directors follow the dividend 
policy and also consider a number of other factors that 
influence the proposed dividend, including:

•  the level of retained distributable reserves in 

the Company;

•  availability of cash resources;
•  future cash commitments and investment plans, in line 

with the Company’s strategic plan; and

•  the impact of the decision on the Company’s 

key stakeholders.

*  Alternative performance measures are detailed in note 23.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCETATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Share options
Details of the Company’s share capital and options over 
the Company’s shares under the Company’s employee 
share plans are given in notes 19 and 20 to the consolidated 
financial statements.

Significant shareholders
At 5 April 2023, the Company had been notified of the 
following interests representing 3% or more of its issued 
share capital: 

Liontrust Investment Partners LLP

8,011,505

NAME

Paul Hogarth and 
connected parties

Funds and accounts under 
management by direct and 
indirect investment management 
subsidiaries of BlackRock, Inc.

Gresham House Asset 
Management Limited

Chelverton Asset 
Management Limited

Rathbone Investment 
Management Limited

abrdn plc

HOLDING % HOLDING

9,668,194

16.10%

13.34%

7,680,133

12.79%

3,255,575

5.42%

2,750,000

4.58%

2,438,106

2,054,369

4.06%

3.42%

3.14%

Aegon Asset Management Limited

1,887,796

Purchase of own shares
At the 2022 AGM, shareholders authorised the Company 
to buy back 10% of its own ordinary shares by market 
purchase at any time prior to the conclusion of the AGM 
to be held in 2023. The Company did not purchase any of 
its own shares during the financial year, other than through 
the EBT (note 19). The cost of shares purchased and held 
by the EBT is deducted from equity.

At the forthcoming AGM, the Directors will seek to extend 
shareholders’ approval for a further period to the conclusion 
of the AGM to be held in 2024, by way of special resolution, 
for the grant of an authority for the Company to make 
market purchases of up to 10% of its own shares. The 
Directors consider that the grant of the power for the 
Company to make market purchases of the Company’s 
shares would be beneficial for the Company and, accordingly, 
they recommend this special resolution to shareholders. 
The Directors would only exercise the authority sought 
if they believed such a purchase was in the interests of 
shareholders generally. The minimum price to be paid will 
be the shares’ nominal value of 20p and the maximum 
price will be no more than 5% above the average middle 
market quotations for the shares on the five days before 
the shares are purchased.

Take over directive
The Company has only one class of ordinary share and 
these  shares  have  equal  voting  rights.  The  nature  of 
individual Directors’ holdings is disclosed on this page. 
There are no other significant holdings of any individual.

Board of Directors
The names of the present Directors and their biographical 
details are shown on pages 52 and 53. At the AGM, to be 
held on 9 August 2023, all Executive and Non-Executive 
Directors will offer themselves for re-election.

Appointment and replacement of Directors
With  regard  to  the  appointment  and  replacement  of 
Directors, the Company is governed by its Articles of 
Association (the “Articles”), the UK Corporate Governance 
Code, the Companies Act 2006 and related legislation. 
The  Articles  themselves  may  be  amended  by  special 
resolution of the shareholders. The powers of Directors 
are described in the Articles, which can be found on the 
Group’s website (www.tattonassetmanagement.com).

Directors’ interests
Directors’ emoluments, interests in the shares of the Company 
and options to acquire shares are disclosed in the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report on pages 60 to 63. Paul Hogarth is 
also the beneficial owner of Paradigm House, the Group’s 
registered address and the trading premises of PPL.

Conflicts of interest
There are procedures in place to deal with any Directors’ 
conflicts  of  interest  arising  under  section  175  of  the 
Companies Act 2006.

Directors’ indemnity
All Directors and Officers of the Company have the benefit 
of the indemnity provision contained in the Company’s 
Articles. The provision, which is a qualifying third party 
indemnity provision, was in force throughout the last 
financial year and is currently still in force. The Group also 
purchased and maintained throughout the financial period 
Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance in respect of 
itself and its Directors and Officers, although no cover 
exists in the event Directors or Officers are found to have 
acted fraudulently or dishonestly.

Principal risks
A report on principal risks, risk management and internal 
controls is included on pages 30 to 33.

Employees
The Group is committed to the principle of equal opportunities 
in employment and to ensuring that no applicant or employee 
receives less favourable treatment on the grounds of gender, 
marital status, age, race, colour, nationality, ethnic or national 
origin, religion, disability, sexuality, or unrelated criminal 
convictions. The Group applies employment policies which 
are believed to be fair and equitable and which ensure that 
entry into, and progression within, the Group is determined 
solely by application of job criteria and personal ability 
and competency.

The Group aims to give full and fair consideration to the 
possibility of employing disabled persons wherever suitable 
opportunities exist. Employees who become disabled are 
given every opportunity to continue their positions or be 
trained for other suitable positions. The Group provides a 
Group personal pension plan which is open to all employees. 
The Group operates an Enterprise Management Incentive 
scheme and a Group Sharesave scheme, details of which 
are provided in the Directors’ Remuneration Report and 
the financial statements.

There is further information on the Group’s employee 
engagement  and  how  it  fosters  relationships  with 
stakeholders on pages 48 to 51.

6
5

STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONT INUED

Financial instruments
The Group’s financial instruments at 31 March 2023 comprise 
cash and cash equivalents, receivable and payable balances 
that arise directly from its daily operations, £0.1m of financial 
assets  at  fair  value  through  profit  or  loss  and  £3.0m 
of financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss. 
Cash flow is managed to ensure that sufficient cash is 
available to meet liabilities, see note 18. The Group is not 
reliant on income generated from cash deposits. The Group 
has one operating subsidiary (Tatton) which is supervised 
in the UK by the FCA. The Group must comply with the 
regulatory capital requirements set by the FCA and manages 
its regulatory capital through continuous review of Tatton’s 
and  the  Group’s  capital  positions  and  requirements, 
which are reported to the Board monthly.

Going concern
The Board has reviewed detailed papers prepared by 
management that consider the Group’s expected future 
profitability, dividend policy, capital position and liquidity, 
both as they are expected to be and also under more 
stressed conditions. The Board has also reviewed the 
management actions that could be taken in these scenarios 
and its business continuity planning procedures.

The Group also maintains its high level of ongoing oversight 
and monitoring of third party platforms. The Board is 
satisfied that the business can operate successfully in these 
conditions. The Board is satisfied that the Group has 
adequate resources to continue in operational existence 
for the foreseeable future:

Post balance sheet date events
There have been no post balance sheet events.

Political donations
The Group made no political donations or contributions 
during the year (2022: £nil).

Annual General Meeting (“AGM”)
The AGM of the Company will be held on 9 August 2023. 
A notice convening the meeting will be sent to shareholders 
on 26 June 2023.

Auditor
Deloitte LLP was the Group’s independent auditor during 
the year and has confirmed its willingness to continue in 
office. A resolution to reappoint Deloitte LLP as auditor 
to the Group and to authorise the Directors to set its 
remuneration will be proposed at the 2023 AGM.

6
6

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities/
disclosures to the auditor
As far as the Directors are aware, there is no relevant 
information of which the Group’s independent auditor is 
unaware. The Directors have taken all the steps that they 
ought to have taken as Directors to make themselves aware 
of  any  relevant  audit  information  and  to  establish 
that  the  Company’s  independent  auditor  is  aware 
of that information.

Corporate governance
A full review of corporate governance appears on pages 
54 to 59.

Related parties
Details of related party transactions are given in note 22 
to the consolidated financial statements.

Liquidity – The Group has a robust financial liquidity position, 
with £26.5 million cash at 31 March 2023 and no debt, 
a £10 million committed revolving credit facility which 
remains undrawn, with access to an accordion of £20 million 
and a highly efficient working capital cycle, ensuring 
strong  operating  cash  conversion  82.5%  of  adjusted 
operating profit*).

Regulatory position – Management have confirmed that 
the Group continues to have significant headroom over its 
regulatory requirements.

Having given due consideration to the risks, uncertainties 
and contingencies disclosed in the financial statements 
and accompanying reports, the Directors believe the 
business  is  well  placed  to  manage  its  business  risk 
successfully. Accordingly, the financial statements have 
been prepared on a going concern basis. Details of the 
Group’s business activities, results, cash flows and resources, 
together with the risks it faces and other factors likely to 
affect its future development, performance and position 
are set out in the Strategic Report, see page 2 onwards.

Basis of preparation of the 
financial statements
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual 
Report and the financial statements in accordance with 
applicable law and regulations. Company law requires the 
Directors to prepare such financial statements for each 
financial year. Under that law, the Directors are required 
to prepare the Group financial statements in accordance 
with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”) 
as adopted by the United Kingdom and Article 4 of the 
International Accounting Standards (“IAS”) Regulation, 
and have elected to prepare the Parent Company financial 
statements in accordance with Financial Reporting Standard 
101 “Reduced Disclosure Framework”.

Under company law, the Directors must not approve the 
financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give 
a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Company 
and of the profit or loss of the Company for that period.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCETATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023In preparing the Parent Company financial statements, 
the Directors are required to:

Directors’ responsibilities statement
We confirm that to the best of our knowledge:

•  the financial statements, prepared in accordance 
with the relevant financial reporting framework, 
give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, 
financial position and profit or loss of the Company 
and the undertakings included in the consolidation 
taken as a whole;

•  the Strategic Report includes a fair review of the 

development and performance of the business and 
the position of the Company and the undertakings 
included in the consolidation taken as a whole, 
together with a description of the principal risks 
and uncertainties that they face; and

•  the Annual Report and financial statements, taken 
as a whole, are fair, balanced and understandable, 
and provide the information necessary for shareholders 
to assess the Company’s performance, business 
model and strategy.

The Directors’ Report has been approved and authorised 
for issue by the Board of Directors and signed on its 
behalf by:

PAU L   H O G A R T H 
C H I E F   E X E C U T I V E   
O F F I C E R  

PAU L   E DWA R D S
C H I E F   F I N A N C I A L 
O F F I C E R

6
7

•  select suitable accounting policies and then apply 

them consistently;

•  make judgements and accounting estimates that 

are reasonable and prudent;

•  state whether applicable Financial Reporting Standard 

101 “Reduced Disclosure Framework” has been 
followed, subject to any material departures disclosed 
and explained in the financial statements; and
•  prepare the financial statements on the going 

concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume 
that the Company will continue in business.

In preparing the Group financial statements, IAS 1 requires 
that Directors:

•  properly select and apply accounting policies;
•  present information, including accounting policies, 

in a manner that provides relevant, reliable, 
comparable and understandable information;
•  provide additional disclosures when compliance 

with the specific requirements in IFRSs are insufficient 
to enable users to understand the impact of particular 
transactions, other events and conditions on the entity’s 
financial position and financial performance; and

•  make an assessment of the Company’s ability 

to continue as a going concern.

The  Directors  are  responsible  for  keeping  adequate 
accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain 
the Company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable 
accuracy at any time the financial position of the Company 
and enable them to ensure that the financial statements 
comply  with  the  Companies  Act  2006.  They  are  also 
responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Company, 
and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention 
and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and 
integrity of the corporate and financial information included 
on  the  Company’s  website.  Legislation  in  the  United 
Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination 
of  financial  statements  may  differ  from  legislation 
in other jurisdictions.

STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023 
IND EP ENDEN T AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE  MEMBERS 
O F TATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC

Report on the audit of the 
financial statements

1. Opinion

In our opinion:

•  the financial statements of Tatton Asset 

Management plc (the ‘parent company’) and its 
subsidiaries (the ‘group’) give a true and fair view 
of the state of the group’s and of the parent 
company’s affairs as at 31 March 2023 and of the 
group’s profit for the year then ended;

•  the group financial statements have been properly 

prepared in accordance with United Kingdom 
adopted international accounting standards and 
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) 
as issued by the International Accounting 
Standards Board (IASB);

•  the parent company financial statements have 

been properly prepared in accordance with United 
Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice, 
including Financial Reporting Standard 101 
“Reduced Disclosure Framework”; and

•  the financial statements have been prepared in 

accordance with the requirements of the 
Companies Act 2006.

8
6

We have audited the financial statements which comprise:

•  the consolidated statement of total 

comprehensive income;

•  the consolidated and parent company statement 

of financial position;

•  the consolidated and parent company statements 

of changes in equity;

•  the consolidated statement of cash flows; 
•  the related notes 1 to 26 to the consolidated 

financial statements; and

•  the related notes 1 to 21 to the parent company 

financial statements

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in 
the preparation of the group financial statements is applicable 
law and United Kingdom adopted international accounting 
standards. The financial reporting framework that has been 
applied in the preparation of the parent company financial 
statements is applicable law and United Kingdom Accounting 
Standards, including FRS 101 “Reduced Disclosure Framework” 
(United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice).

2. Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International 
Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable 
law. Our responsibilities under those standards are further 
described in the auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of 
the financial statements section of our report. 

We are independent of the group and the parent company 
in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant 
to our audit of the financial statements in the UK, including 
the Financial Reporting Council’s (the ‘FRC’s’) Ethical Standard 
as applied to listed entities, and we have fulfilled our other 
ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is 
sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

3. Summary of our audit approach

Key audit matters

The key audit matter that we identified in the current year was:

•  Valuation of the investment in joint venture of 8AM Global Limited

Within this report, key audit matters are identified as follows:

 Newly identified

 Increased level of risk

 Similar level of risk

 Decreased level of risk

Materiality

Scoping

The materiality that we used for the group financial statements was £804,000 which was determined 
on the basis of 5% of profit before tax.

All material entities in the group are within our audit scope and audited to a lower materiality for 
the purpose of individual entity reporting. Audit work to respond to the risks of material misstatement 
was performed directly by the group audit engagement team. 

Significant 
changes in our 
approach

In the prior year, we identified a key audit matter in respect of the valuation of the Verbatim funds 
intangible assets. This key audit matter has not been retained in the current year as it related to 
a prior year acquisition with the level of management judgement involved having reduced. 

In the current year, we have identified a key audit matter and fraud risk in relation to the valuation 
of the joint venture’s assets at acquisition due to management internally deriving the estimates 
and applying significant judgement to the assumptions around the valuation of the client relationship 
intangible and the valuation of the brand.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCETATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 20234. Conclusions relating to going concern
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded 
that  the  directors’  use  of  the  going  concern  basis  of 
accounting in the preparation of the financial statements 
is appropriate. 

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified 
any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions 
that, individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt 
on the group’s and parent company’s ability to continue as 
a going concern for a period of at least twelve months from 
when the financial statements are authorised for issue.

Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the group’s 
and parent company’s ability to continue to adopt the going 
concern basis of accounting included:

•  Understanding the entity’s process for the preparation 

of its assessment and any related controls;

•  Evaluating management’s assessment, identifying the 

assumptions, and testing the mechanical accuracy of the 
underlying forecast;

•  Performing sensitivity analysis on the key assumptions 
applied to understand those that could give rise to 
a material uncertainty on the use of the going 
concern basis; 

•  Checking consistency with the forecast assumptions 

applied in the going concern assessment across other 
forecasts within the group; and

•  Assessing the appropriateness of management’s going 

concern disclosures in the financial statements.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors 
with respect to going concern are described in the relevant 
sections of this report.

5. Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional 
judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the 
financial statements of the current period and include the 
most significant assessed risks of material misstatement 
(whether or not due to fraud) that we identified. These 
matters included those which had the greatest effect on: 
the overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the 
audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team.

These matters were addressed in the context of our audit 
of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our 
opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion 
on these matters.

5.1. Valuation of investment in joint venture of 8AM Global Limited 

Key audit matter 
description

On 15 August 2022 the group acquired 50% of the issued share capital of 8AM Global limited. The 
fair value of the assets acquired was £6.7m, consisting of: £7.0m goodwill and intangible assets 
(containing a brand intangible, customer relationship intangible (“CRI”) and residual goodwill), 
£0.2m share of net assets; and £0.4m deferred tax liability. 

6
9

How the scope 
of our audit 
responded to the 
key audit matter

We have identified a key audit matter and fraud risk in relation to the valuation of the joint venture’s 
assets at acquisition due to management internally deriving the estimates and applying significant 
judgement to the assumptions around the valuation of the client relationship intangible and 
the valuation of the brand. Therefore, there is potential for management to introduce bias into 
these estimates. 

The accounting policies adopted by the group have been disclosed within note 2.12 to the financial 
statements and the treatment and fair value of client relationship and brand intangibles purchased 
through corporate transactions as a critical judgement within note 2.24. 

To address our valuation of investment in joint venture of 8AM Global Limited key audit matter, 
we have: 

•  Obtained an understanding of relevant key controls related to the challenge and valuation 

of the intangible assets identified as part of the joint venture;

•  Assessed for reasonableness, management’s judgement paper prepared for the valuation 

of the investment in joint venture;

•  Assessed that the accounting treatment is compliant with IFRS 11 – Joint Arrangements;
•  Involved internal valuation specialists to assess whether the valuation methods are aligned 
with market practice and estimate the valuation of the client relationship intangible asset 
and brand;

•  Tested management’s discounted cash flow (“DCF”) model for mechanical accuracy; and
•  Challenged management’s assumptions applied in the client relationship DCF model 

(including the discount rate, future cash flows and growth rates used, discount period, 
inflation rate and the client relationship percentage applied) by both engaging internal 
valuation specialists and assessing the reasonableness and accuracy of the underlying 
data inputs.

Key observations As a result of the above procedures, we consider that management’s judgement and estimates 

are reasonable and in line with the requirements of IFRS 11 – Joint Arrangements.

STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023IND EP ENDEN T AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE  MEMBERS   
OF TATTON  ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC CONT INU ED

6. Our application of materiality
6.1. Materiality
We define materiality as the magnitude of misstatement in the financial statements that makes it probable that the 
economic decisions of a reasonably knowledgeable person would be changed or influenced. We use materiality both 
in planning the scope of our audit work and in evaluating the results of our work.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Materiality

£804,000 (2022: £564,000)

£562,800 (2022: £451,200)

GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Basis for determining 
materiality

5% of profit before tax (2022: 5% of profit 
before tax)

Rationale for the 
benchmark applied

We have determined materiality based on profit 
before tax as it is a profit driven business, therefore 
is considered the most relevant benchmark for users 
of the financial statements.

Parent company materiality equates to 1.5% 
of total assets (2022: 1.5% of total assets), which 
is capped at 70% (2022: 80%) of group materiality. 
The percentage of group materiality has been 
determined based on the contribution to the 
total group net assets.

The main operation of the parent company is 
to hold investments in the subsidiaries. We have 
therefore selected total assets as the benchmark 
for determining materiality. We have however 
capped materiality based on the group materiality.

PBT 
£15,966k

PBT
Group materiality

0
7

Group materiality
£804k
Component materiality range
£102k to £507k

Audit Committee 
reporting threshold
£40k

6.2. Performance materiality
We set performance materiality at a level lower than materiality to reduce the probability that, in aggregate, uncorrected 
and undetected misstatements exceed the materiality for the financial statements as a whole. 

Performance 
materiality

Basis and rationale 
for determining 
performance 
materiality

GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

70% (2022: 70%) of group materiality

70% (2022: 70%) of parent company materiality 

In determining performance materiality, we considered the following factors:

•  Our risk assessment, including our assessment of the group’s overall control environment 

including controls over investment wrap service income and mortgage commissions; 
•  Our understanding of the entity and its environment, in particular the resilience of the 
group against the continued economic uncertainty and Russia/Ukraine conflict; and
•  Our past experience of the audit, which has indicated a low number of corrected and 

uncorrected misstatements identified in prior periods.

6.3. Error reporting threshold
We agreed with the Audit and Risk Committee that we would report to the Committee all audit differences in excess 
of £40,000 (2022: £28,200), as well as differences below that threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on 
qualitative grounds. We also report to the Audit and Risk Committee on disclosure matters that we identified when 
assessing the overall presentation of the financial statements.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCETATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 20237. An overview of the scope of our audit
7.1. Identification and scoping of components
Our group audit was scoped by obtaining an understanding 
of the group and its environment, including group-wide 
controls, and assessing the risks of material misstatement 
at the group level. At a group level, the audit team has also 
tested the consolidation process and adjustments.

Our group audit focused on the three (2022: three) material 
trading entities within the group’s three (2022: three) 
reportable segments and the three (2022: three) material 
holding companies including the parent Company. We 
have used appropriate levels of materiality for the three 
material  trading  entities  and  three  material  holding 
companies  that  ranged  from  £402,000-£724,000 
(2022: £282,000–£535,800).

7.2. Our consideration of the control environment
The key IT system relevant to the audit was the financial 
accounting system as this is integral to the accounting 
records maintained by the group. We have not relied upon 
any controls associated with this system as its operation 
involves a high degree of manual intervention. 

We obtained an understanding of relevant manual controls 
in place for financial reporting process, valuation of the 
investment in joint venture of 8AM Global Limited, share 
based payments and related parties. We tested relevant 
controls of investment wrap service related revenue and 
mortgage commissions, however, we have not taken a 
controls reliance approach.

7.3. Our consideration of climate-related risks 
In planning our audit, we have considered the potential 
impact of climate change on the Group’s business and its 
financial statements. The Group continues to develop its 
assessment of the potential impacts of environmental, 
social and governance (“ESG”) related risks, including 
climate change, as outlined on pages 36 to 47. As a part 
of  our  audit,  we  have  obtained  an  understanding  of 
management’s process of identifying climate-related risks, 
the determination of mitigating actions and the impact on 
the Group’s financial statements. We performed our own 
qualitative risk assessment of the potential impact of climate 
change on the Group’s account balances and classes of 
transactions and did not identify any additional risks of 
material  misstatement.  We  have  considered  whether 
information included in climate related disclosures in the 
Annual Report were consistent with our understanding of 
the business and financial statements.

8. Other information
The other information comprises the information included 
in the annual report, other than the financial statements 
and  our  auditor’s  report  thereon.  The  directors  are 
responsible for the other information contained within the 
annual report.

Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover 
the other information and, except to the extent otherwise 
explicitly stated in our report, we do not express any form 
of assurance conclusion thereon.

Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in 
doing  so,  consider  whether  the  other  information  is 
materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our 
knowledge obtained in the course of the audit, or otherwise 
appears to be materially misstated.

If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent 
material misstatements, we are required to determine 
whether this gives rise to a material misstatement in the 
financial statements themselves. If, based on the work we 
have performed, we conclude that there is a material 
misstatement of this other information, we are required to 
report that fact.

WE HAVE NOTHING TO REPORT IN THIS REGARD.

9.Responsibilities of directors
As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities 
statement, the directors are responsible for the preparation 
of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they 
give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as 
the  directors  determine  is  necessary  to  enable  the 
preparation of financial statements that are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

7
1

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are 
responsible  for  assessing  the  group’s  and  the  parent 
company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing 
as applicable, matters related to going concern and using 
the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors 
either intend to liquidate the group or the parent company 
or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but 
to do so.

STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023INDEP EN DEN T AUDITOR’S REPORT TO T HE  MEMBER S   
OF TATTON  ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC CO NTI NUE D

10. Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit 
of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about 
whether the financial statements as a whole are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and 
to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. 
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is 
not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance 
with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement 
when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error 
and  are  considered  material  if,  individually  or  in  the 
aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence 
the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these 
financial statements.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit 
of the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website 
at: www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description 
forms part of our auditor’s report.

11. Extent to which the audit was considered 
capable of detecting irregularities, 
including fraud
Irregularities,  including  fraud,  are  instances  of  non-
compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures 
in line with our responsibilities, outlined above, to detect 
material misstatements in respect of irregularities, including 
fraud. The extent to which our procedures are capable of 
detecting irregularities, including fraud is detailed below. 

11.1. Identifying and assessing potential risks related 
to irregularities
In identifying and assessing risks of material misstatement 
in  respect  of  irregularities,  including  fraud  and  non-
compliance with laws and regulations, we considered 
the following:

2
7

•  the nature of the industry and sector, control 

environment and business performance including 
the design of the group’s remuneration policies, 
key drivers for directors’ remuneration, bonus levels 
and performance targets;

•  results of our enquiries of management, the 

directors and the audit and risk committee about 
their own identification and assessment of the risks 
of irregularities, including those that are specific 
to the group’s sector; 

•  any matters we identified having obtained and 

reviewed the group’s documentation of their policies 
and procedures relating to:

 – identifying, evaluating and complying with laws and 
regulations and whether they were aware of any 
instances of non-compliance;

 – detecting and responding to the risks of fraud and 

whether they have knowledge of any actual, 
suspected or alleged fraud;

 – the internal controls established to mitigate risks of 
fraud or non-compliance with laws and regulations;

•  the matters discussed among the audit engagement 
team and relevant internal specialists, including tax, 
valuations and IT specialists regarding how and where 
fraud might occur in the financial statements and any 
potential indicators of fraud.

As  a  result  of  these  procedures,  we  considered  the 
opportunities and incentives that may exist within the 
organisation for fraud and identified the greatest potential 
for fraud in the Valuation of the investment in joint venture 
of 8AM Global Limited. In common with all audits under 
ISAs  (UK),  we  are  also  required  to  perform  specific 
procedures to respond to the risk of management override.

We  also  obtained  an  understanding  of  the  legal  and 
regulatory framework that the group operates in, focusing 
on provisions of those laws and regulations that had a 
direct effect on the determination of material amounts 
and disclosures in the financial statements. The key laws 
and regulations we considered in this context included the 
UK Companies Act and tax legislation.

In addition, we considered provisions of other laws and 
regulations that do not have a direct effect on the financial 
statements but compliance with which may be fundamental 
to the group’s ability to operate or to avoid a material 
penalty. This included the FCA regulations. 

11.2. Audit response to risks identified
As a result of performing the above, we identified the 
valuation of the investment in joint venture of 8AM Global 
Limited as a key audit matter related to the potential risk 
of fraud. The key audit matters section of our report explains 
the matter in more detail and also describes the specific 
procedures  we  performed  in  response  to  that  key 
audit matter. 

In addition to the above, our procedures to respond to risks 
identified included the following:

•  reviewing the financial statement disclosures and 
testing to supporting documentation to assess 
compliance with provisions of relevant laws and 
regulations described as having a direct effect on 
the financial statements;

•  enquiring of management, the audit and risk 

committee and external legal counsel concerning 
actual and potential litigation and claims;

•  performing analytical procedures to identify any 

unusual or unexpected relationships that may indicate 
risks of material misstatement due to fraud;

•  reading minutes of meetings of those charged with 
governance and reviewing correspondence with 
HMRC and the FCA; and

•  in addressing the risk of fraud through management 
override of controls, testing the appropriateness of 
journal entries and other adjustments; assessing 
whether the judgements made in making accounting 
estimates are indicative of a potential bias; and 
evaluating the business rationale of any significant 
transactions that are unusual or outside the normal 
course of business.

We  also  communicated  relevant  identified  laws  and 
regulations and potential fraud risks to all engagement 
team members including internal specialists, and remained 
alert to any indications of fraud or non-compliance with 
laws and regulations throughout the audit.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCETATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Report on other legal and 
regulatory requirements

13.2. Directors’ remuneration
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are also required to 
report if in our opinion certain disclosures of directors’ 
remuneration have not been made.

12. Opinions on other matters prescribed 
by the Companies Act 2006

WE HAVE NOTHING TO REPORT IN RESPECT 
OF THESE MAT TERS .

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the 
course of the audit:

•  the information given in the strategic report and 

the directors’ report for the financial year for which 
the financial statements are prepared is consistent 
with the financial statements; and

•  the strategic report and the directors’ report 

have been prepared in accordance with applicable 
legal requirements.

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the 
group and the parent company and their environment 
obtained in the course of the audit, we have not identified 
any material misstatements in the strategic report or 
the directors’ report.

13. Matters on which we are required 
to report by exception
13.1. Adequacy of explanations received and 
accounting records
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report 
to you if, in our opinion:

•  we have not received all the information and 

explanations we require for our audit; or

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by 

the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit 
have not been received from branches not visited by 
us; or

•  the parent company financial statements are not in 
agreement with the accounting records and returns.

WE HAVE NOTHING TO REPORT IN RESPECT 
OF THESE MAT TERS .

14. Use of our report
This report is made solely to the company’s members, as 
a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the 
Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken 
so that we might state to the company’s members those 
matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s 
report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent 
permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility 
to anyone other than the company and the company’s 
members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or 
for the opinions we have formed.

DAV I D   H E AT O N 
(S E N I O R   S TAT U TO R Y   AU D I TO R)

For and on behalf of Deloitte LLP
Statutory Auditor
Manchester, United Kingdom
12 June 2023

7
3

STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023C O N S O L I DAT E D S TAT E M E N T O F TOTA L C O M P R E H E N S I V E I N C O M E
F O R T H E Y E A R E N D E D 3 1 M A R C H 2 0 2 3

Revenue 

Share of profit from joint venture

Administrative expenses 

Operating profit 

•  Share-based payment costs

•  Amortisation of acquisition-related intangibles

•  Gains arising on changes in fair value of contingent consideration

•  Exceptional items

Adjusted operating profit (before separately disclosed items)1

  Unwinding of the discount rate on deferred consideration

  Other finance costs

Finance costs

Profit before tax

Taxation charge

Profit attributable to shareholders

Earnings per share – Basic

Earnings per share – Diluted

Adjusted earnings per share – Basic1

Adjusted earnings per share – Fully Diluted2

NOTE

6

6

6

7

8

9

9

9

9

31- MAR 
2023 
(£’000)

32,327

160

(15,877)

16,610

1,511

534

(2,651)

398

16,402

(228)

(386)

(614)

15,996

(2,623)

13,373

22.43p

21.70p

21.72p

20.61p

31-MAR 
2022 
(£’000)

29,356

–

(17,726)

11,630

2,399

266

–

231

14,526

–

(355)

(355)

11,275

(2,033)

9,242

15.92p

15.17p

19.87p

18.62p

1. 

 Adjusted for exceptional items, amortisation on acquisition-related intangibles, changes in the fair value of contingent consideration 
and share-based payments and the tax thereon. See note 23.

2.   Adjusted for exceptional items, amortisation on acquisition-related intangibles, unwinding of discount on deferred consideration, 

changes in the fair value of contingent consideration and share-based payments and the tax thereon. See note 23.

4
7

All revenue, profit and earnings are in respect of continuing operations.

There were no other recognised gains or losses other than those recorded above in the current or prior year 
and therefore a Statement of Other Comprehensive Income has not been presented.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023C O N S O L I DAT E D S TAT E M E N T O F F I N A N C I A L P O S I T I O N
A S AT 3 1 M A R C H 2 0 2 3

Non-current assets

Investments in joint ventures

Goodwill

Intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Deferred tax assets

Total non-current assets

Current assets

Trade and other receivables

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

Corporation tax

Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Other payables

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity attributable to equity holders of the Company

Share capital

Share premium account

Own shares

Other reserve

Merger reserve

Joint venture reserve

Retained earnings

Total equity

NOTE

31- MAR 
2023 
(£’000)

31-MAR 
2022 
(£’000)

11

12

13

14

17

15

18

16

16

19

20

6,762

9,337

3,615

454

1,258

21,426

3,782

123

121

26,494

30,520

51,946

(7,911)

(7,911)

(2,254)

(2,254)

(10,165)

41,781

12,011

15,259

–

2,041

(28,968)

(21)

41,459

41,781

–

9,337

4,047

749

841

14,974

3,805

152

706

21,710

26,373

41,347

(7,556)

(7,556)

(2,747)

(2,747)

(10,303)

31,044

11,783

11,632

–

2,041

(28,968)

–

34,556

31,044

7
5

The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 12 June 2023 and were signed on its behalf by:

PAUL EDWARDS
DIRECTOR

Company registration number: 10634323

STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023 
C O N S O L I DAT E D S TAT E M E N T O F C H A N G E S  I N EQ U I T Y
F O R T H E Y E A R E N D E D 3 1 M A R C H 2 0 2 3

SHARE 
CAPITAL 
(£’000)

SHARE 
PREMIUM 
(£’000)

OWN 
SHARES 
(£’000)

OTHER 
RESERVE 
(£’000)

MERGER 
RESERVE 
(£’000)

NOTE

JOINT 
VENTURE 
RESERVE 
(£’000)

At 1 April 2021

11,578

11,534

(1,969)

2,041

(28,968)

Profit and total comprehensive 
income

Dividends

Share-based payments

Deferred tax on share-based 
payments

Current tax on share-based 
payments

Issue of share capital on exercise 
of employee share options

Own shares acquired in the year

Own shares utilised on exercise 
of options

At 31 March 2022

Profit and total 
comprehensive income

Dividends

Share-based payments

Deferred tax on share-based 
payments

Current tax on share-based 
payments

Issue of share capital on exercise 
of employee share options

Own shares acquired in the year

Own shares utilised on exercise 
of options

Issue of share capital on 
acquisition of a joint venture

Dividends received from 
joint venture

At 31 March 2023

9

20

20

9

20

20

–

–

–

–

–

205

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

98

–

–

11,783

11,632

–

–

–

–

–

52

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

117

–

–

176

3,510

–

–

12,011

15,259

–

–

–

–

–

–

(193)

2,162

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(28)

28

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2,041

(28,968)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2,041

(28,968)

6
7

RETAINED 
EARNINGS 
(£’000)

TOTAL 
EQUITY 
(£’000)

30,230

24,446

9,242

9,242

(6,641)

(6,641)

2,679

2,679

157

157

1,051

1,051

–

–

303

(193)

(2,162)

–

34,556

31,044

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

39

13,334

13,373

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(7,714)

(7,714)

1,307

1,307

18

18

(102)

(102)

–

–

–

–

169

(28)

28

3,686

(60)

(21)

60

–

41,459

41,781

The other reserve and merger reserve were created on 19 June 2017 when the Group was formed, where the 
difference between the Company’s capital and the acquired Group’s capital was recognised as a component 
of equity being the merger reserve. Both the other reserve and the merger reserve are non-distributable. 
The joint venture reserve represents the Group’s share of post-tax profits yet to be received (for example, 
in the form of dividends or distributions), less amortisation of related intangible assets.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023C O N S O L I DAT E D S TAT E M E N T O F C A S H F LOW S   
F O R T H E Y E A R E N D E D 3 1 M A R C H 2 0 2 3

Operating activities

Profit for the year

Adjustments:

Income tax expense

Finance costs

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Amortisation of intangible assets

Share-based payment expense

Post tax share of profits of joint venture less amortisation of related 
intangible assets

Changes in fair value of contingent consideration

Changes in:

Trade and other receivables

Trade and other payables

Exceptional items

Cash generated from operations before exceptional items

Cash generated from operations

Income tax paid

Net cash from operating activities

Investing activities

Payment for the acquisition of a business combination and joint venture, 
net of cash acquired

Purchase of intangible assets

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Net cash used in investing activities

Financing activities

Interest paid

Dividends paid

Dividends received from joint venture

Proceeds from the issue of shares

Purchase of own shares

Proceeds from the exercise of options

Repayment of lease liabilities

Net cash used in financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

Net cash and cash equivalents at end of period

NOTE

31- MAR 
2023 
(£’000)

31-MAR 
2022 
(£’000)

7

14

13

21

1 11

6

6

9

20

13,373

2,623

614

384

661

1,420

(39)

(2,651)

(146)

(449)

398

16,188

15,790

(2,559)

13,231

(152)

(229)

(89)

(470)

(186)

(7,714)

60

132

–

–

(269)

(7,977)

4,784

21,710

26,494

9,242

2,033

355

377

536

1,492

–

–

309

907

231

15,482

15,251

(1,612)

13,639

(2,825)

(211)

(74)

(3,110)

(144)

(6,641)

–

111

–

1,230

(309)

(5,753)

4,776

16,934

21,710

7
7

STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023N OT E S TO T H E C O N S O L I DAT E D F I N A N C I A L  S TAT E M E N T S

1 General Information
Tatton Asset Management plc (the “Company”) is a public company limited by shares. The address of the 
registered office is Paradigm House, Brooke Court, Lower Meadow Road, Wilmslow, SK9 3ND. The registered 
number is 10634323.

The Group comprises the Company and its subsidiaries. The Group’s principal activities are discretionary fund 
management, the provision of compliance and support services to independent financial advisers (“IFAs”), 
the provision of mortgage adviser support services, and the marketing and promotion of multi-manager funds.

News updates, regulatory news and financial statements can be viewed and downloaded from the Group’s website, 
www.tattonassetmanagement.com. Copies can also be requested from: The Company Secretary, Tatton Asset 
Management plc, Paradigm House, Brooke Court, Lower Meadow Road, Wilmslow, SK9 3ND.

The Company has taken advantage of the exemption in section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 not to present 
its own income statement.

2 Accounting Policies
The principal accounting policies applied in the presentation of the annual financial statements are set out below.

2.1 Basis of preparation
The consolidated financial statements of the Group have been prepared in accordance with International 
Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”) as adopted by the United Kingdom and International Financial Reporting 
Interpretations Committee (“IFRIC”) interpretations issued by the International Accounting Standards Board 
(“IASB”) and the Companies Act 2006. The financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance 
with UK Generally Accepted Accounting Practice, including Financial Reporting Standard 101 “Reduced Disclosure 
Framework” (“FRS 101”).

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis and prepared on the historical 
cost basis.

8
7

The consolidated financial statements are presented in sterling and have been rounded to the nearest thousand 
(£’000). The functional currency of the Company is sterling as this is the currency of the jurisdiction where all 
of the Group’s sales are made.

The preparation of financial information in conformity with IFRSs requires management to make estimates and 
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and 
the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Although these estimates are based 
on management’s best knowledge of the amount, event or actions, actual events may ultimately differ from 
those estimates.

The accounting policies set out below have, unless otherwise stated, been applied consistently to all periods 
presented in the consolidated financial statements.

2.2 Going concern
These financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis. The Directors have prepared cash flow 
projections and are satisfied that the Group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the 
foreseeable future. The Group’s forecasts and projections, which take into account reasonably possible changes 
in trading performance, show that the Group will be able to operate within the level of its current resources. 
Accordingly, the Directors continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing these financial statements.

2.3 Basis of consolidation
The Group’s financial statements consolidate those of the Parent Company and all of its subsidiaries and joint 
ventures as at 31 March 2023. The Parent controls a subsidiary if it is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from 
its involvement with the subsidiary and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the subsidiary. 
All subsidiaries have a reporting date of 31 March. In the case of joint ventures, those entities are presented as 
a single line item in the Consolidated Statement of Total Comprehensive Income and Consolidated Statement 
of Financial Position. 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023All transactions between Group companies are eliminated on consolidation, including unrealised gains and losses 
on transactions between Group companies. Where unrealised losses on intra-group asset sales are reversed on 
consolidation, the underlying asset is also tested for impairment from a Group perspective. Amounts reported in the 
financial statements of subsidiaries have been adjusted where necessary to ensure consistency with the accounting 
policies adopted by the Group.

Profit or loss and other comprehensive income of subsidiaries acquired or disposed of during the year are recognised 
from the effective date of acquisition, up to the effective date of disposal, as applicable.

2.4 Adoption of new and revised standards
New and amended IFRS Standards that are effective for the current year
IFRS 10 “Consolidated Financial Statements” IAS 28 “Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures”, IAS 1 
“Presentation of Financial Statements”, IFRS 3 “Business Combinations”, IAS 8 “Accounting Policies, Changes in 
Accounting Estimates and Errors”, IAS 16 “Property, Plant and Equipment”, IAS 37 “Provisions, Contingent Liabilities 
and Contingent Assets”.

The Directors adopted the new or revised Standards listed above but they have had no material impact on the 
financial statements of the Group.

Standards in issue not yet effective
The following IFRS and IFRIC interpretations have been issued but have not been applied by the Group in preparing 
the historical financial information, as they are not yet effective. The Group intends to adopt these Standards and 
Interpretations when they become effective, rather than adopt them early.

Effective date 1 January 2023
IFRS 17 “Insurance Contracts”, IAS 1 “Presentation of Financial Standards”, IAS 12 “Income Taxes”, IAS 8 “Accounting 
Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors”. 

Effective date 1 January 2024
IFRS 16 “Leases”, IAS 1 “Presentation of the Financial Statements”.

2.5 Revenue
Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable and represents amounts 
receivable for services provided in the normal course of business, net of discounts, VAT and other sales-related taxes. 
Revenue is reduced for estimated rebates and other similar allowances. Revenue is recognised when control is 
transferred and the performance obligations are considered to be met.

The Group’s revenue is made up of the following principal revenue streams:

•  Fees for discretionary fund management services in relation to on-platform investment assets under management 

(“AUM”). Revenue is recognised daily based on the AUM.

•  Fees charged to IFAs for compliance consultancy services, which are recognised when performance obligations 

are met.

•  Fees for providing investment platform services. Revenue is recognised on a daily basis, in line with the satisfaction 

of performance obligations, on the assets under administration held on the relevant investment platform.
•  Fees for mortgage-related services including commissions from mortgage and other product providers and 

referral fees from strategic partners. Commission is recognised when performance obligations are met.

•  Fees for marketing services provided to providers of mortgage and investment products, which is recognised 

when performance obligations are met.

2.6 Exceptional items
Exceptional items are disclosed and described separately in the financial statements where it is necessary to do so 
to provide further understanding of the underlying financial performance of the Group. These include material items 
of income or expense that are shown separately due to the significance of their nature and amount.

2.7 Interest income and interest expense
Finance income is recognised as interest accrued (using the effective interest method) on funds invested outside 
the Group. Finance expense includes the unwinding of discounts on deferred consideration liabilities, the cost of 
borrowing from third parties and is recognised on an effective interest rate basis, resulting from the financial liability 
being recognised on an amortised cost basis.

7
9

STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023N OT E S TO T H E C O N S O L I DAT E D F I N A N C I A L  S TAT E M E N T S C O N T I N U E D

2 Accounting Policies continued
2.8 Impairment
Assets which have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortisation and are tested for impairment at each 
Statement of Financial Position date. Assets subject to depreciation and amortisation are reviewed for impairment 
whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Impairment losses on 
previously revalued assets are recognised against the revaluation reserve as far as this reserve relates to previous 
revaluations of the same assets. Other impairment losses are recognised in the Statement of Total Comprehensive 
Income based on the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the recoverable amount. The recoverable amount 
is the higher of the fair value less the costs to sell and the value in use.

Impairment losses recognised in respect of cash-generating units (“CGUs”) are allocated first to reduce the carrying 
amount of any goodwill allocated to CGUs and then to reduce the carrying amount of other assets in the unit on a 
pro rata basis.

2.9 Goodwill and intangible assets
Goodwill is initially recognised and measured as set out in note 2.11.

Goodwill is not amortised but is reviewed for impairment at least annually. For the purpose of impairment testing, 
goodwill is allocated to each of the Group’s CGUs (or groups of CGUs) expected to benefit from the synergies of 
the combination. CGUs to which goodwill has been allocated are tested for impairment annually, or more frequently 
when there is an indication that the unit may be impaired. If the recoverable amount of the CGU is less than the 
carrying amount of the unit, the impairment loss is allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill 
allocated to the unit and then to the other assets of the unit pro rata on the basis of the carrying amount of each 
asset in the unit. An impairment loss recognised for goodwill is not reversed in a subsequent period.

On disposal of a CGU, the attributable amount of goodwill is included in the determination of the profit or loss 
on disposal. 

0
8

Following initial recognition, intangible assets are held at cost less any accumulated amortisation and any provision 
for impairment. Assets that are subject to amortisation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes 
in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for 
the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is 
the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. For the purpose of assessing impairment, 
assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (CGUs).

Intangible assets acquired separately are measured on initial recognition at cost.

Computer software licences acquired are capitalised at the cost incurred to bring the software into use and 
are amortised on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, which are estimated as being three years. 
Costs associated with developing or maintaining computer software programs that do not meet the capitalisation 
criteria under IAS 38 are recognised as an expense as incurred.

Intangible assets acquired in a business combination and recognised separately from goodwill are recognised 
initially at their fair value at the acquisition date (which is regarded as their cost). Subsequent to initial recognition, 
the client relationship intangible assets and brand intangible assets have a finite useful life and are carried at cost 
less accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses. Amortisation is calculated using the straight-line 
method over their useful lives, estimated for both asset classes at 10 years.

Gains and losses arising from derecognition of an intangible asset are measured as the difference between the net 
disposal proceeds and the carrying value of the asset. The difference is then recognised in the income statement.

An assessment is made at each reporting date as to whether there is any indication that an asset in use may be 
impaired. If any such indication exists and the carrying values exceed the estimated recoverable amount at that time, 
the assets are written down to their recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is measured as the greater of fair 
value less costs to sell and value in use. Non-financial assets that have suffered impairment are reviewed for possible 
reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.

The Directors have reviewed the intangible assets as at 31 March 2023 and as a result of the review, it was determined 
that none of the assets are impaired (2022: none).

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 20232.10 Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment assets are stated at cost net of accumulated depreciation and accumulated provision 
for impairment. Depreciation is charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful 
lives of each part of an item of property, plant and equipment. Principal annual rates are as follows:

•  Computer, office equipment and motor vehicles – 20–33% straight-line.
•  Fixtures and fittings – 20% straight-line.

The estimated useful lives, residual values and depreciation method are reviewed at the end of each reporting period, 
with the effect of any changes in estimate accounted for on a prospective basis.

An item of property, plant and equipment is derecognised upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are 
expected to arise from the continued use of the asset. The gain or loss arising on disposal or scrappage of an asset 
is determined as the difference between the sales proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and is recognised 
in income.

2.11 Business combinations
Acquisitions of subsidiaries and businesses are accounted for using the acquisition method. The consideration transferred 
in a business combination is measured at fair value, which is calculated as the sum of the acquisition-date fair values 
of assets transferred to the Group, liabilities incurred by the Group to the former owners of the acquiree and the 
equity interest issued by the Group in exchange for control of the acquiree. Acquisition-related costs are recognised 
in profit or loss as incurred. 

At the acquisition date, the identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities assumed are recognised at their fair value 
at the acquisition date, except that: deferred tax assets or liabilities and assets or liabilities related to employee benefit 
arrangements are recognised and measured in accordance with IAS 12 “Income Taxes” and IAS 19 “Employee 
Benefits” respectively; and assets (or disposal groups) that are classified as held for sale in accordance with IFRS 5 
“Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations” are measured in accordance with that Standard.

Goodwill is measured as the excess of the sum of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling 
interests in the acquiree, and the fair value of the acquirer’s previously held equity interest in the acquiree (if any) 
over the net of the acquisition-date amounts of the identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. If, after 
reassessment, the net of the acquisition-date amounts of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed 
exceeds the sum of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interests in the acquiree and 
the fair value of the acquirer’s previously held interest in the acquiree (if any), the excess is recognised immediately 
in profit or loss as a bargain purchase gain.

8
1

When the consideration transferred by the Group in a business combination includes a contingent consideration 
arrangement, the contingent consideration is measured at its acquisition-date fair value and included as part of 
the consideration transferred in a business combination. Changes in fair value of the contingent consideration that 
qualify as measurement period adjustments are adjusted retrospectively, with corresponding adjustments against 
goodwill. Measurement period adjustments are adjustments that arise from additional information obtained during 
the “measurement period” (which cannot exceed one year from the acquisition date) about facts and circumstances 
that existed at the acquisition date.

The subsequent accounting for changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration that do not qualify 
as measurement period adjustments depends on how the contingent consideration is classified. Contingent 
consideration that is classified as equity is not remeasured at subsequent reporting dates and its subsequent 
settlement is accounted for within equity. Other contingent consideration is remeasured to fair value at subsequent 
reporting dates with changes in fair value recognised in profit or loss.

If the initial accounting for a business combination is incomplete by the end of the reporting period in which the 
combination occurs, the Group reports provisional amounts for the items for which the accounting is incomplete. 
Those provisional amounts are adjusted during the measurement period (see above), or additional assets or liabilities 
are recognised, to reflect new information obtained about facts and circumstances that existed as at the acquisition 
date that, if known, would have affected the amounts recognised as of that date.

STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023N OT E S TO T H E C O N S O L I DAT E D F I N A N C I A L  S TAT E M E N T S C O N T I N U E D

2 Accounting Policies continued
2.12 Joint ventures
Joint ventures are entities in which the Company has an investment where it, along with one or more other 
shareholders, has contractually agreed to share control of the business and where the major decisions require 
the unanimous consent of the joint partners. The Company initially records the investment at the fair value of the 
purchase consideration. The Company’s income statement reflects its share of the entity’s profit or loss after tax 
and amortisation of intangible assets.

The Statement of Financial Position subsequently records the Company’s share of the net assets of the entity plus 
any goodwill and intangible assets that arose on purchase less subsequent amortisation. The Statement of Changes 
in Equity records the Company’s share of other equity movements of the entity. At each reporting date, the Company 
applies judgement to determine whether there is any indication that the carrying value of joint ventures may be impaired.

The joint ventures reserve in the Statement of Changes in Equity represents the Company’s share of profits in 
its investments yet to be received (for example, in the form of dividends or distributions), less any amortisation 
of intangible assets. Certain associates are held within financial assets at fair value through profit or loss where 
permitted by the accounting standards (see note 11). Information about the Company’s principal associates 
measured at fair value is disclosed within this note.

2.13 Leases
At inception of a contract, the Group assesses whether a contract is, or contains, a lease. A contract is, or contains, 
a lease if the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for 
consideration. To assess whether a contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset, the Group uses 
the definition of a lease in IFRS 16.

2
8

The Group recognises a right-of-use (“ROU”) asset and a lease liability at the inception date of the lease. The ROU 
asset is initially measured at cost, which comprises the initial amount of the lease liability adjusted for any lease 
payments made at or before the commencement date, plus any initial direct costs incurred and an estimate of costs 
to dismantle and remove the underlying asset or to restore the underlying asset or the site on which it is located, 
less any lease incentives received.

The ROU assets are subsequently depreciated on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the expected life of the 
asset and the lease term, adjusted for any remeasurements of the lease liability. At the end of each reporting period, 
the ROU assets are assessed for indicators of impairment in accordance with IAS 36.

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the commencement 
date, discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease or, if that rate cannot be readily determined, the Group’s 
incremental borrowing rate. The Group uses its incremental borrowing rate as the discount rate.

Lease payments included in the measurement of the lease liability comprise the following:

•  fixed payments, including in-substance fixed payments;
•  variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate, initially measured using the index or rate as at the 

commencement date;

•  amounts expected to be payable under a residual value guarantee; and
•  the exercise price under a purchase option that the Group is reasonably certain to exercise, lease payments in an 
optional renewal period if the Group is reasonably certain to exercise an extension option, and penalties for early 
termination of a lease unless the Group is reasonably certain not to terminate early.

The lease liability is subsequently measured by adjusting the carrying amount to reflect the interest charge, the lease 
payments made and any reassessment or lease modifications. The lease liability is remeasured if the Group changes 
its assessment of whether it will exercise a purchase, extension or termination option.

When the lease liability is remeasured in this way, a corresponding adjustment is made to the carrying amount 
of the ROU asset, or is recorded in profit or loss if the carrying amount of the ROU asset has been reduced to zero.

Where the Group is an intermediate lessor in a sub-lease, it accounts for its interests in the head lease and the 
sub-lease separately. It assesses the lease classification of a sub-lease with reference to the ROU asset arising 
from the head lease, not with reference to the underlying asset.

2.14 Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash at bank and call deposits. Bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand 
and form an integral part of the Group’s cash management are included as a component of cash and bank balances 
for the purpose only of the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.

2.15 Financial instruments
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised in the Statement of Financial Position when the Group 
becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Financial assets and financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value. Transaction costs that are directly 
attributable to the acquisition or issue of financial assets and financial liabilities (other than financial assets and financial 
liabilities at fair value through profit or loss) are added to or deducted from the fair value of the financial assets or 
financial liabilities, as appropriate, on initial recognition. Transaction costs directly attributable to the acquisition of 
financial assets or financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss are recognised immediately in profit or loss.

All financial assets are recognised and derecognised on a trade date where the purchase or sale of a financial asset 
is under a contract whose terms require delivery of the financial asset within the timeframe established by the market 
concerned, and are initially measured at fair value, plus transaction costs, except for those financial assets classified 
as at fair value through profit or loss. Transaction costs directly attributable to the acquisition of financial assets 
classified as at fair value through profit or loss are recognised immediately in profit or loss.

Non-derivative financial instruments comprise investments in equity and debt securities, trade and other receivables, 
cash and bank balances, loans and borrowings, and trade and other payables.

Financial investments
Financial investments are classified as fair value through profit or loss if they are either held for trading or specifically 
designated in this category on initial recognition. Assets in this category are initially recognised at fair value and 
subsequently remeasured, with gains or losses arising from changes in fair value being recognised in the Statement 
of Comprehensive Income.

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss include investments in a regulated open-ended investment company 
and an investment portfolio, which are managed and evaluated on a fair value basis in line with the market value.

Trade receivables
Trade receivables do not carry interest and are stated at amortised cost as reduced by appropriate allowances for 
estimated irrecoverable amounts. They are recognised when the Group’s right to consideration is only conditional 
on the passage of time. Allowances incorporate an expectation of lifetime credit losses from initial recognition and are 
determined using an expected credit loss approach.

Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost 
using the effective interest method, where applicable or required. These amounts represent liabilities for goods 
and services provided to the Group prior to the end of the financial period, which are unpaid.

8
3

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss (“FVTPL”)
Financial liabilities are classified as at FVTPL when the financial liability is (i) contingent consideration of an 
acquirer in a business combination, (ii) held for trading or (iii) designated as at FVTPL. Financial liabilities at FVTPL 
are measured at fair value, with any gains or losses arising on changes in fair value recognised in profit or loss.

Interest-bearing borrowings
Borrowings are recognised initially at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently 
stated at amortised cost; any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value 
is recognised in profit or loss over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method.

2.16 Taxation
Current tax
The tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs from net profit as reported in 
the income statement because it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years 
and it further excludes items that are never taxable or deductible. The Group’s liability for current tax is calculated 
using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the Statement of Financial Position date.

Deferred tax
Deferred tax is the tax expected to be payable or recoverable on differences between the carrying amounts of assets 
and liabilities in the financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit, 
and is accounted for using the balance sheet liability method. Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all 
taxable temporary differences and deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable 
profits will be available against which deductible temporary differences can be utilised. Such assets and liabilities 
are not recognised if the temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or from the initial 
recognition (other than in a business combination) of other assets and liabilities in a transaction that affects neither 
the taxable profit nor the accounting profit.

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for taxable temporary differences where it is probable that the temporary 
difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Deferred tax assets arising from deductible temporary 
differences associated with such investments and interests are only recognised to the extent that it is probable 
that there will be sufficient taxable profits against which to utilise the benefits of the temporary difference and 
they are expected to reverse in the foreseeable future.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each Statement of Financial Position date and reduced to 
the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset 
to be recovered.

STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023N OT E S TO T H E C O N S O L I DAT E D F I N A N C I A L  S TAT E M E N T S C O N T I N U E D

2 Accounting Policies continued
2.16 Taxation continued
Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the liability is settled or 
the asset is realised based on tax laws and rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the Statement 
of Financial Position date. Deferred tax is charged or credited in the income statement, except when it relates to 
items charged or credited in other comprehensive income, in which case the deferred tax is also dealt with in 
other comprehensive income.

The measurement of deferred tax liabilities and assets reflects the tax consequences that would follow from the 
manner in which the Group expects, at the end of the reporting period, to recover or settle the carrying amount 
of its assets and liabilities.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off the current tax assets 
against current tax liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the 
Group intends to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.

Current and deferred tax for the year
Current and deferred tax are recognised in profit or loss, except when they relate to items that are recognised 
in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, in which case the current and deferred tax are also 
recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity respectively. Where current tax or deferred tax 
arises from the initial accounting for a business combination, the tax effect is included in the accounting for the 
business combination.

2.17 Retirement benefit costs
The Group pays into personal pension plans for which the amount charged to income in respect of pension costs 
and other post-retirement benefits is the amount of the contributions payable in the year. Payments to defined 
contribution retirement benefit scheme are recognised as an expense when employees have rendered service 
entitling them to the contributions. Differences between contributions payable and paid are accrued or prepaid. 
The assets of the plans are invested and managed independently of the finances of the Group.

4
8

2.18 Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, 
it is probable that the Group will be required to settle that obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the 
amount of the obligation.

The amount recognised as a provision is the best estimate of the consideration required to settle the present 
obligation at the Statement of Financial Position date, taking into account the risks and uncertainties surrounding the 
obligation. Where a provision is measured using the cash flows estimated to settle the present obligation, its carrying 
amount is the present value of those cash flows (when the effect of the time value of money is material). When 
some or all of the economic benefits required to settle a provision are expected to be recovered from a third party, 
a receivable is recognised as an asset if it is virtually certain that reimbursement will be received and the amount 
of the receivable can be measured reliably.

2.19 Equity, reserves and dividend payments
Share capital represents the nominal value of shares that have been issued. Retained earnings include all current 
and prior period retained profits or losses.

Dividend distributions payable to equity shareholders are included in other liabilities when the dividends have been 
approved in a general meeting prior to the reporting date.

2.20 Employee Benefit Trust
The Company provides finance to the EBT to purchase the Company’s shares on the open market in order to meet 
its obligation to provide shares when an employee exercises awards made under the Group’s share-based payment 
schemes. Administration costs connected with the EBT are charged to the Statement of Comprehensive Income. 
The cost of shares purchased and held by the EBT is deducted from equity. The assets held by the EBT are 
consolidated into the Group’s financial statements.

2.21 Share-based payments
The Group issues equity-settled share-based payments to certain employees. Equity-settled share-based payments 
are measured at fair value at the date of grant. The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity-settled 
share-based payments is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the Group’s estimate 
of shares that will eventually vest. Fair value is measured by use of the Black-Scholes model or Monte Carlo model 
as appropriate.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 20232.22 Climate change
The Group is continually developing its assessment of the impact that climate change has on the assets and liabilities 
recognised and presented in its financial statements. The impact of climate change has been considered in the 
preparation of these financial statements; however, as the Group does not hold significant levels of property, 
plant and equipment and does not own its own land and buildings, there is currently no material impact of climate 
change on the results or values of assets and liabilities recognised and presented in these financial statements.

2.23 Operating segments
The Group comprises the following two operating segments which are defined by trading activity:

•  Tatton – investment management services
•  Paradigm – the provision of compliance and support services to IFAs and mortgage advisers

The Board is considered to be the chief operating decision maker.

2.24 Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty
In the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies, which are described above, management have made 
judgements and estimations about the future that have an effect on the amounts recognised in the financial 
statements. The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting 
estimates are recognised in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period 
or in the period of the revision and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods. 
Changes for accounting estimates would be accounted for prospectively under IAS 8.

Client relationship and brand intangibles
Estimation uncertainty
Impairment of client relationship and brand intangibles
Impairment exists when the carrying value of an asset or cash-generating unit exceeds its recoverable amount. 
The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. For the purposes 
of impairment testing, the cash generating potential of brand and customer relationships is determined using 
a discounted cash flow model which assesses sensitivity to operating margins, discount rates and AUM growth 
rates, as detailed in note 12. The results of the calculation indicate that client relationship and brand intangibles 
are not impaired.

8
5

Business combinations
Critical judgement
Client relationship and brand intangibles purchased through corporate transactions
When the Group purchases client relationships and brands through transactions with other corporate entities, 
a judgement is made as to whether the transaction should be accounted for as a business combination or as 
a separate purchase of intangible assets. In making this judgement, the Group assesses the assets, liabilities, 
operations and processes that were the subject of the transaction against the definition of a business combination 
in IFRS 3. In particular, consideration is given to the scale of the operations subject to the transaction and whether 
ownership of a corporate entity has been acquired, among other factors.

TREATMENT AND FAIR VALUE OF CONSIDERATION TRANSFERRED
Critical judgement and estimation uncertainty
On 15 August 2022 the Group acquired 50% of the issued share capital 8AM Global Limited (“8AM”) which has been 
treated by Tatton as a joint venture and, as such, the equity accounting method has been used to recognise this 
investment. This has resulted in the recognition of a single line on the balance sheet for the investment at fair value 
cost which will change with the ongoing impact on the income statement as a result of the share of profits and 
intangible assets. 

A fair value exercise was undertaken to determine the allocate the purchase price to the fair value of the identifiable 
assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. The determination of the fair value of the asset and liabilities is based, to 
a considerable extent, on management’s judgement. The amount of goodwill initially recognised is dependent on the 
allocation of this purchase price to the identifiable assets and liabilities, with any unallocated portion being recorded 
as goodwill. The total value of these assets has been recognised in one line on the face of the balance sheet. The 
valuation of customer relationships included estimates on AUM growth or attrition rates which were based on 
whether advisor firms had a pre-existing relationship with the Group, management judgment around the use of 
discount rates and estimates of the future profitability of 8AM Global Limited. The valuation of brand included 
estimates of the future profitability of 8AM Global Limited and brand royalty rates.

At 31 March 2023, there remained two elements of deferred consideration unvested and subject to ongoing vesting 
conditions. The value of earn-out consideration is variable, dependent on performance by the business against 
certain operational targets at the second and third anniversaries of completion. The estimated discounted value of 
earn-out consideration that will be payable at these dates is £1,063,000. The total payable is dependent on meeting 
certain operating profit targets. Management have estimated the likelihood of certain levels of operating profit being 
achieved which are based on projections of the levels of AUM, revenue and operating cost. It is reasonably possible, 
on the basis of existing knowledge, that outcomes within the next financial year that are different from the estimates 
used could require a material adjustment to the carrying amount of the liability.

STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023N OT E S TO T H E C O N S O L I DAT E D F I N A N C I A L  S TAT E M E N T S C O N T I N U E D

6
8

2 Accounting Policies continued
2.24 Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty continued
On 14 September 2021, the Group acquired the Verbatim funds business (“Verbatim”) and the Group accounted 
for the transaction as a business combination. Business combinations and acquisitions require a fair value exercise 
to be undertaken to allocate the purchase price to the fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities 
assumed. The determination of the fair value of the asset and liabilities is based, to a considerable extent, on 
management’s judgement. The amount of goodwill initially recognised as a result of a business combination is 
dependent on the allocation of this purchase price to the identifiable assets and liabilities, with any unallocated 
portion being recorded as goodwill. The purchase price payable for the acquisition is split into a number of different 
parts. The payment of certain elements has been deferred. 

At 31 March 2023, there remained three elements of deferred consideration unvested and subject to ongoing vesting 
conditions. The value of earn-out consideration is variable, dependent on performance by the acquired business 
against certain operational targets at the second, third and fourth anniversaries of completion. The estimated 
discounted value of earn-out consideration that will be payable at these dates is £1,927,000, based on projections 
of the level of funds under management over that period. It is reasonably possible, on the basis of existing 
knowledge, that outcomes within the next financial year that are different from the estimates used could require a 
material adjustment to the carrying amount of the liability.

Under the terms of the agreements, the maximum possible payment under the remaining earn-out is capped at 
£3,000,000, which represents qualifying funds under management of at least £650 million at each anniversary date, 
subject to certain conditions.

Share-based payments
Estimation uncertainty
Given the significance of share-based payments as a form of employee remuneration for the Group, share-based 
payments have been included as a significant accounting estimate. The principal estimations relate to:

•  forfeitures (where awardees leave the Group as “bad” leavers and therefore forfeit unvested awards); and
•  the satisfaction of performance obligations attached to certain awards.

These estimates are reviewed regularly and the charge to the Statement of Total Comprehensive Income is adjusted 
accordingly (at the end of the relevant scheme as a minimum). Based on the current forecasts of the Group, the 
charge for the year is based on 100% of the options vesting for the element relating to non-market-based performance 
conditions. A decrease of 10% in the vesting assumptions would reduce the charge in the year by £66,000. 
In considering the level of satisfaction of performance obligations, the Group’s forecast has been reviewed 
and updated for the expected impact of the various market scenarios and management actions. This forecast 
has been used to estimate the relevant vesting assumptions for the Enterprise Management Incentive (“EMI”) 
schemes in place.

There are no other judgements or assumptions made about the future, or any other major sources of estimation 
uncertainty at the end of the reporting period, that have a significant risk of resulting in a material adjustment 
to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year.

2.25 Alternative performance measures
In reporting financial information, the Group presents alternative performance measures (“APMs”) which are 
not defined or specified under the requirements of IFRSs. The Group believes that these APMs provide users with 
additional helpful information on the performance of the business. The APMs are consistent with how the business 
performance is planned and reported within the internal management reporting to the Board. Some of these 
measures are also used for the purpose of setting remuneration targets. The APMs used by the Group are set out 
in note 23 including explanations of how they are calculated and how they can be reconciled to a statutory measure 
where relevant. There is also further information on separately disclosed items in note 6.

3 Capital Management
The Group’s objectives when managing capital are (i) to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern 
so that it can continue to provide returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders; (ii) to maintain a strong 
capital base and utilise it efficiently to support the development of its business; and (iii) to comply with the regulatory 
capital requirements set by the FCA. Capital adequacy and the use of regulatory capital are monitored by the Group’s 
management and Board. There is one active regulated entity in the Group: Tatton Investment Management Limited, 
regulated by the FCA.

Regulatory capital is determined in accordance with the requirements of the FCA’s Investment Firms Prudential 
Regime which became effective on 1 January 2022 and the Capital Requirements Directive IV prescribed in the UK 
by the FCA. The Directive requires continual assessment of the Group’s risks which is underpinned by the Group’s 
Internal capital adequacy and risk assessment (“ICARA”). The ICARA considers the relevant current and future risks 
to the business and the capital considered necessary to support these risks. The Group actively monitors its capital base 
to ensure it maintains sufficient and appropriate capital resources to cover the relevant risks to the business and to 
meet consolidated and individual regulated entity regulatory and liquidity requirements.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023The FCA requires the Group to hold more regulatory capital resources than the total capital resource requirement. 
The total capital requirement for the Group is the higher of the Group’s Own Funds Requirement, its Own Harm 
requirement and Wind-down requirement. The total capital requirement for the Group is £4.40 million. As at 
31 March 2023, the Group has regulatory capital resources of £14.81 million, significantly in excess of the Group’s 
total capital requirement. During the period, the Group and its regulated subsidiary entities complied with all 
regulatory capital requirements.

4 Segment Reporting
Information reported to the Board of Directors as the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) for the purposes of 
resource allocation and assessment of segmental performance is focused on the type of revenue. The principal types 
of revenue are discretionary fund management and the marketing and promotion of the funds run by the companies 
under Tatton Capital Limited (“Tatton”) and the provision of compliance and support services to IFAs and mortgage 
advisers (“Paradigm”).

The Group’s reportable segments under IFRS 8 are therefore Tatton, Paradigm, and “Central” which contains 
the Operating Group’s central overhead costs. Centrally incurred overhead costs are allocated to the Tatton 
and Paradigm divisions on an appropriate pro rata basis.

The principal activity of Tatton is that of discretionary fund management (“DFM”) of investments on-platform and 
the provision of investment wrap services.

The principal activity of Paradigm is that of provision of support services to IFAs and mortgage advisers.

For management purposes, the Group uses the same measurement policies used in its financial statements.

The following is an analysis of the Group’s revenue and results by reportable segment:

YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2023

Revenue

Share of post tax profit from joint ventures

Administrative expenses

Operating profit/(loss)

Share-based payments 

Exceptional charges

Gain arising on changes in fair value of contingent 
consideration

Amortisation of acquisition-related intangible assets

Adjusted operating profit/(loss) (before separately 
disclosed items)1

Finance costs

Profit/(loss) before tax

YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2022

Revenue

Administrative expenses

Operating profit/(loss)

Share-based payments 

Exceptional items

Amortisation of acquisition-related intangible assets

Adjusted operating profit/(loss) (before separately 
disclosed items)1

Finance costs

Profit/(loss) before tax

All turnover arose in the United Kingdom.

1.  Alternative performance measures are detailed in note 23.

TATTON 
(£’000)

PAR ADIGM 
(£’000)

CENTR AL 
(£’000)

25,929

160

(8,540)

17,549

–

398

(2,651)

534

15,830

(182)

17,367

6,404

–

(3,999)

2,405

–

–

–

–

2,405

–

2,405

(6)

–

(3,338)

(3,344)

1,511

–

–

–

(1,833)

(432)

(3,776)

TAT TON 
(£’000)

PAR ADIGM 
(£’000)

CENTR AL 
(£’000)

23,345

(9,939)

13,406

–

231

266

13,903

(18)

13,388

5,995

(3,561)

2,434

–

–

–

2,434

–

2,434

16

(4,226)

(4,210)

2,399

–

–

(1,811)

(337)

(4,547)

8
7

GROUP 
(£’000)

32,327

160

(15,877)

16,610

1,511

398

(2,651)

534

16,402

(614)

15,996

GROUP 
(£’000)

29,356

(17,726)

11,630

2,399

231

266

14,526

(355)

11,275

STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023N OT E S TO T H E C O N S O L I DAT E D F I N A N C I A L  S TAT E M E N T S C O N T I N U E D

5 Operating Profit
The operating profit and the profit before taxation are stated after charging/(crediting):

Amortisation of software

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Depreciation of right-of-use assets

Loss arising on financial assets designated as FVTPL

Separately disclosed items (note 6)

Services provided by the Group’s auditor:

Audit of the statutory consolidated and Company financial statements of: 

Tatton Asset Management plc

Audit of subsidiaries

Other fees payable to auditor:

Non-audit services

31- MAR 
2023 
(£’000)

247

168

216

28

(208)

121

66

8

Total audit fees were £187,000 (2022: £142,000). Total non-audit fees payable to the auditor were £8,000 
(2022: £21,000).

6 Separately Disclosed Items

Acquisition-related expenses

Total exceptional costs

8
8

Gain arising on changes in fair value of contingent consideration

Share-based payment charges

Amortisation of intangible assets relating to joint ventures

Amortisation of acquisition-related intangible assets

Total separately disclosed items

31- MAR 
2023 
(£’000)

398

398

(2,651)

1,511

121

413

(208)

31-MAR 
2022 
(£’000)

270

168

209

11

2,896

72

70

21

31-MAR 
2022 
(£’000)

231

231

–

2,399

–

266

2,896

Separately disclosed items shown separately on the face of the Statement of Total Comprehensive Income or included 
within administrative expenses reflect costs and income that do not relate to the Group’s normal business operations 
and that are considered material (individually or in aggregate if of a similar type) due to their size or frequency.

Exceptional items
During the period, the Group acquired 50% of the share capital of 8AM Global Limited. The Group incurred professional 
fees of £229,000 during the process, which have been treated as exceptional items. The Group has also incurred 
other one-off costs of £169,000 during the period including costs in relation to the prior year acquisition of the 
Verbatim funds. 

Acquisition-related expenses in the prior year relate to professional fees incurred as a result of the acquisition of the 
Verbatim funds in September 2021. The Group incurred professional fees of £231,000 during the process, which have 
been treated as exceptional items. 

During the period, the Group revalued its financial liability at fair value through profit or loss relating to the deferred 
consideration on the acquisition of the Verbatim funds and 8AM Global Limited. This has resulted in a credit from the 
change in fair value of £2,651,000 being recognised in the year.

Share-based payments
Share-based payments is a recurring item, though the value will change depending on the estimation of the 
satisfaction of performance obligations attached to certain awards. It has been excluded from the core business 
operating profit since it is a significant non-cash item. Underlying profit, being adjusted operating profit, represents 
largely cash-based earnings and more directly relates to the financial reporting period. 

Amortisation of acquisition-related intangible assets
Payments made for the introduction of client relationships and brands that are deemed to be intangible assets are 
capitalised and amortised over their useful life, which has been assessed to be ten years. This amortisation charge 
is recurring over the life of the intangible asset, though it has been excluded from the core business operating 
profit since it is a significant non-cash item. Underlying profit, being adjusted operating profit, represents largely 
cash-based earnings and more directly relates to the financial reporting period.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 20237 Finance Costs

Bank interest income

Unwinding of the discount on deferred consideration

Interest expense on lease liabilities

Interest payable in servicing of banking facilities

8 Taxation

Current tax expense

Current tax on profits for the period

Adjustment for under/(over) provision in prior periods

Deferred tax expense

Current year (credit)/charge

Adjustment in respect of previous years

Effect of changes in tax rates

Total tax expense

31- MAR
 2023 
(£’000)

31-MAR 
2022 
(£’000)

6

(228)

(14)

(378)

(614)

–

–

(23)

(332)

(355)

31- MAR 
2023 
(£’000)

31-MAR
 2022 
(£’000)

3,159

14

3,173

(371)

(56)

(123)

2,623

2,010

(52)

1,958

261 

(30)

(156)

2,033

The reasons for the difference between the actual tax charge for the year and the standard rate of corporation tax 
in the UK applied to profit for the year are as follows:

Profit before taxation

Tax at UK corporation tax rate of 19% (2022: 19%)

Expenses not deductible for tax purposes

Income not taxable

Adjustments in respect of previous years

Effect of changes in tax rates

Capital allowances in excess of depreciation

Share-based payments

Total tax expense

31- MAR 
2023 
(£’000)

15,996

3,039

93

(533)

(41)

(122)

3

184

2,623

8
9

31-MAR 
2022 
(£’000)

11,275

2,142

45

1

(82)

(94)

1

20

2,033

An increase in the UK corporation tax rate from 19% to 25% (effective 1 April 2023) was substantively enacted 
on 24 May 2021. This will increase the Company’s future current tax charge accordingly. The deferred tax asset 
in both the current and prior year was calculated based on these rates, reflecting the expected timing of reversal 
of the related temporary differences.

STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023N OT E S TO T H E C O N S O L I DAT E D F I N A N C I A L  S TAT E M E N T S C O N T I N U E D

9 Earnings Per Share and Dividends
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted 
average number of ordinary shares during the year.

Number of shares

Basic

Weighted average number of shares in issue

Effect of own shares held by an EBT

Diluted

Effect of weighted average number of options outstanding for the year

Weighted average number of shares (diluted)1

Adjusted diluted

31- MAR 
2023

31-MAR 
2022

59,608,203

58,424,150

–

(373,774)

59,608,203

58,050,376

2,006,603

61,614,806

2,875,504

60,925,880

Effect of full dilution of employee share options which are contingently issuable or have future 
attributable service costs

Adjusted diluted weighted average number of options and shares for the year2

1,192,528

62,807,334

1,042,011

61,967,891

1. 

 The weighted average number of shares is diluted due to the effect of potentially dilutive contingent issuable shares from share 
option schemes.

2.   The dilutive shares used for this measure differ from that used for statutory dilutive earnings per share; the future value of service 

costs attributable to employee share options is ignored and contingently issuable shares for long-term incentive plan options are assumed 
to fully vest. The Directors have selected this measure as it represents the underlying effective dilution by offsetting the impact to the 
calculation of basic shares of the purchase of shares by the EBT to satisfy options. 

Number of shares continued
Own shares held by an EBT represents the Company’s own shares purchased and held by the Employee Benefit 
Trust (“EBT”), shown at cost. In the year ended 31 March 2023, the EBT purchased 139,500 (2022: 966,546) 
of the Company’s own shares. The shares held by the EBT were fully used during the year to satisfy the exercise 
of employee share options.

0
9

Earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders

Basic and diluted profit for the period

Share-based payments – IFRS 2 option charges

Amortisation of acquisition-related intangible assets

Exceptional costs – see note 6

Gain arising on changes in fair value of contingent consideration

Unwinding of discount on deferred consideration – see note 6

Tax impact of adjustments

Adjusted basic and diluted profits for the period and attributable earnings

Earnings per share (pence) – Basic

Earnings per share (pence) – Diluted

Adjusted earnings per share (pence) – Basic

Adjusted earnings per share (pence) – Fully Diluted

31- MAR 
2023 
(£’000)

31-MAR 
2022 
(£’000)

13,373

1,511

534

398

(2,651)

228

(447)

12,946

22.43

21.70

21.72

20.61

9,242

2,399

266

231

–

–

(602)

11,536

15.92

15.17

19.87

18.62

Dividends
The Directors consider the Group’s capital structure and dividend policy at least twice a year ahead of announcing 
results and do so in the context of its ability to continue as a going concern, to execute its strategy and to invest 
in opportunities to grow the business and enhance shareholder value.

During the year, Tatton Asset Management plc paid the final dividend related to the year ended 31 March 2022 
of £4,810,000, representing a payment of 8.5p per share. In addition, the Company paid an interim dividend 
of £2,904,000 (2022: £2,357,000) to its equity shareholders. This represents a payment of 4.5p per share 
(2022: 4.0p per share).

The Company’s dividend policy is described in the Directors’ Report on page 64 of the 2023 Annual Report. 
At 31 March 2023, the Company’s distributable reserves were £39.6 million (2022: £32.8 million).

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 202310 Staff Costs
The staff costs shown below exclude key management compensation, which is shown separately below.

Wages, salaries and bonuses

Social security costs

Pension costs

Share-based payments

The average monthly number of employees during the year was as follows:

Administration

Key management 

31- MAR 
2023 
(£’000)

6,790

872

283

835

8,780

31-MAR 
2022
(£’000)

5,676

671

250

956

7,553

31- MAR 
2023

31-MAR 
2022

94

3

97

86

3

89

Key management compensation
The remuneration of the statutory Directors who are the key management of the Group is set out below in aggregate 
for each of the key categories specified in IAS 24 “Related Party Disclosures”.

Short-term employee benefits

Post-employment benefits

Share-based payments

31- MAR 
2023 
(£’000)

1,164

4

676

1,844

31-MAR 
2022 
(£’000)

1,758

4

1,460

3,222

9
1

In addition to the remuneration above, the Non-Executive Chairman and Non-Executive Directors have submitted invoices 
for their fees as follows:

Total fees

31- MAR 
2023 
(£’000)

270

31-MAR 
2022 
(£’000)

270

The Group incurred social security costs of £195,000 (2022: £277,000) on the remuneration of the Directors and 
Non-Executive Directors.

The remuneration of the highest paid Director was:

Total

31- MAR 
2023 
(£’000)

424

31-MAR 
2022 
(£’000)

644

The highest paid Director exercised nil share options in the period (2022: 553,078). There were 30,000 share options 
granted to the highest paid Director in the year (2022: 25,000).

STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023N OT E S TO T H E C O N S O L I DAT E D F I N A N C I A L  S TAT E M E N T S C O N T I N U E D

11 Investments in Joint Ventures Accounted for using the Equity Method

At 1 April 2022

Additions

Profit for the year after tax

Amortisation of intangible assets relating to joint ventures

Deferred tax credit on amortisation of intangible assets relating to joint ventures

Distributions of profit

At 31 March 2023

(£’000) 

–

6,765

160

(121)

18

(60)

6,762

NAME OF JOINT 
VENTURE

NATURE OF 
BUSINESS

PRINCIPAL PL ACE 
OF BUSINESS

CL ASS OF 
SHARE

PERCENTAGE OWNED 
BY THE GROUP

8AM Global Limited

Investment Management

United Kingdom

Ordinary Shares

50.0%

Non-current assets

Current assets

Non-current liabilities

Current liabilities

Total equity

Group’s share of net assets

Goodwill and intangible assets

Deferred tax liability

Carrying value held by the Group

Profit for the year

2
9

Group’s share of profit for the year before amortisation

Amortisation

Group’s share of profit for the year

31- MAR 
2023 
(’000) 

31-MAR 
2022 
(’000)

35

934

–

(502)

467

224

7,009

(471)

6,762

320

160

(121)

39

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

8AM Global Limited has a reporting date of 30 June. The net asset position shown in the table above is as at 31 March 
to align with the Group’s own reporting.

12 Goodwill

Cost and carrying value at 31 March 2022 and 31 March 2023

GOODWILL 
(£’000)

9,337

The carrying value of goodwill includes £9.0 million allocated to the Tatton operating segment and CGU. This is 
made up of £2.5 million arising from the acquisition in 2014 of an interest in Tatton Oak Limited by Tatton Capital Limited 
consisting of the future synergies and forecast profits of the Tatton Oak business, £2.0 million arising from the 
acquisition in 2017 of an interest in Tatton Capital Group Limited, £1.4 million of goodwill generated on the acquisition 
of Sinfonia and £3.1 million of goodwill generated on the acquisition of the Verbatim funds. The carrying value of 
goodwill also includes £0.4 million allocated to the Paradigm operating segment and CGU relating to the acquisition 
of Paradigm Mortgage Services LLP. Goodwill relating to 8AM Global Limited is shown within the Investments in Joint 
Ventures (see note 11).

None of the goodwill is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.

Impairment loss and subsequent reversal
Goodwill is subject to an annual impairment review based on an assessment of the recoverable amount from future 
trading. Where, in the opinion of the Directors, the recoverable amount from future trading does not support the 
carrying value of the goodwill relating to a subsidiary company then an impairment charge is made. Such impairment 
is charged to the Statement of Total Comprehensive Income.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Impairment testing
For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to the Group’s operating companies which represent 
the lowest level within the Group at which the goodwill is monitored for internal management accounts purposes.

Goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated, at acquisition, to the CGUs or group of units that are 
expected to benefit from that business combination. The Directors test goodwill annually for impairment, or more 
frequently if there are indicators that goodwill might be impaired. The Directors have reviewed the carrying value 
of goodwill at 31 March 2023 and do not consider it to be impaired.

Growth rates
The value in use is calculated from cash flow projections based on the Group’s forecasts for the year ending 
31 March 2024, which are extrapolated for a further four years. The Group’s latest financial forecasts, which cover 
a three-year period, are reviewed by the Board. A terminal growth rate has been applied to year five cash flows.

Discount rates
The pre-tax discount rate used to calculate value is 11.2% (2022: 11.5%). The discount rate is derived from a 
benchmark calculated from a number of comparable businesses.

Cash flow assumptions
The key assumptions used for the value in use calculations are those regarding discount rate, growth rates and 
expected changes in margins. Changes in prices and direct costs are based on past experience and expectations of 
future changes in the market. The growth rate used in the calculation reflects the average growth rate experienced 
by the Group and its industry.

The headroom compared to the carrying value of goodwill as at 31 March 2023 is £390 million (2022: £380 million). 
From the assessment performed, there are no reasonable sensitivities that result in the recoverable amount being 
equal to the carrying value of the goodwill attributed to the CGU.

13 Intangible Assets

Cost

Balance at 31 March 2021

Additions

Acquired as part of a business combination

Disposals

Balance at 31 March 2022

Additions

Balance at 31 March 2023

Accumulated amortisation and impairment

Balance at 31 March 2021

Charge for the period

Disposals

Balance at 31 March 2022

Charge for the period

Balance at 31 March 2023

Net book value

As at 31 March 2021

As at 31 March 2022

As at 31 March 2023

COMPUTER 
SOFTWARE 
(£’000)

CLIENT 
RELATIONSHIPS 
(£’000)

 BR AND 
(£’000)

TOTAL 
(£’000)

9
3

819

211

–

(24)

1,006

229

1,235

(399)

(270)

24

(645)

(247)

(892)

420

361

343

1,196

–

2,838

–

4,034

–

4,034

(180)

(261)

–

(441)

(404)

(845)

1,016

3,593

3,189

–

–

98

–

98

–

98

–

(5)

–

(5)

(10)

(15)

–

93

83

2,015

211

2,936

(24)

5,138

229

5,367

(579)

(536)

24

(1,091)

(661)

(1,752)

1,436

4,047

3,615

All amortisation charges are included within administrative expenses in the Statement of Total Comprehensive Income.

STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023N OT E S TO T H E C O N S O L I DAT E D F I N A N C I A L  S TAT E M E N T S C O N T I N U E D

14 Property, Plant and Equipment

Cost

Balance at 31 March 2021

Additions

Disposals

Balance at 31 March 2022

Additions

Disposals

Balance at 31 March 2023

Accumulated depreciation and impairment

Balance at 31 March 2021

Charge for the period

Disposals

Balance at 31 March 2022

Charge for the period

Disposals

Balance at 31 March 2023

Net book value

As at 31 March 2021

As at 31 March 2022

As at 31 March 2023

COMPUTER, 
OFFICE 
EQUIPMENT 
AND MOTOR 
VEHICLES 
(£’000)

RIGHT- OF-USE 
ASSETS 
– BUILDINGS 
AND MOTOR 
VEHICLES 
(£’000)

FIXTURES 
AND FIT TINGS 
(£’000)

432

74

(161)

345

86

(77)

354

(327)

(73)

161

(239)

(72)

77

(234)

105

106

120

477

–

–

477

3

–

480

(207)

(95)

–

(302)

(96)

–

(398)

270

175

82

931

60

–

991

–

–

991

(314)

(209)

–

(523)

(216)

–

(739)

617

468

252

TOTAL 
(£’000)

1,840

134

(161)

1,813

89

(77)

1,825

(848)

(377)

161

(1,064)

(384)

77

(1,371)

992

749

454

4
9

All depreciation charges are included within administrative expenses in the Statement of Total Comprehensive Income.

The Group leases buildings, motor vehicles and IT equipment. The Group has applied the practical expedient for 
low value assets and so has not recognised IT equipment within ROU assets. The average lease term is five years. 
No leases have expired in the current financial period.

Right-of-use assets

Amounts recognised in profit and loss

Depreciation on right-of-use assets

Interest expense on lease liabilities

Expense relating to short-term leases

Expense relating to low value assets

31- MAR 
2023 
(£’000)

31-MAR 
2022 
(£’000)

(216)

(14)

(59)

–

(289)

(209)

(23)

(30)

–

(262)

At 31 March 2023, the Group is committed to £80,000 for short-term leases (2021: £62,000).

The total cash outflow for leases amounts to £339,000 (2022: £339,000).

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 202315 Trade and Other Receivables

Trade receivables

Prepayments and accrued income

Other receivables

31- MAR 
2023 
(£’000)

278

3,457

47

3,782

31-MAR 
2022 
(£’000)

329

3,442

34

3,805

All trade receivable amounts are short term. The carrying value is considered a fair approximation of their fair value. 
The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses (“ECLs”) for trade receivables 
at an amount equal to lifetime ECLs. In line with the Group’s historical experience, and after consideration of current 
credit exposures, the Group does not expect to incur any credit losses and has not recognised any ECLs in the 
current year (2022: £nil).

The amounts due from related parties are net of provisions. At 31 March 2023, the Group holds no provisions 
(2022: £1,311,000 against the recoverability of amounts due from Jargonfree Benefits LLP).

Trade receivable amounts are all held in sterling.

16 Trade and Other Payables

Trade payables

Amounts due to related parties

Accruals

Deferred income 

Contingent consideration

Other payables

Less non-current portion:

Contingent consideration

Other payables

Total non-current trade and other payables

Total current trade and other payables

31- MAR 
2023 
(£’000)

31-MAR 
2022 
(£’000)

397

234

3,301

138

2,989

3,106

10,165

(2,209)

(45)

(2,254)

7,911

9
5

855

235

3,468

98

2,486

3,161

10,303

(2,486)

(261)

(2,747)

7,556

The carrying values of trade payables, amounts due to related parties, accruals and deferred income are considered 
reasonable approximation of fair value.

Trade payable amounts are all held in sterling.

17 Deferred Taxation

Asset/(liability) at 31 March 2021

Recognised as part of a business combination

Income statement (charge)/credit

Equity credit

Asset/(liability) at 31 March 2022

Income statement credit/(charge)

Equity credit

Asset/(liability) at 31 March 2023

DEFERRED 
CAPITAL 
ALLOWANCES 
(£’000)

SHARE-BASED 
PAYMENTS 
(£’000)

ACQUISITION 
INTANGIBLES 
(£’000)

TOTAL 
(£’000)

(101)

–

38

–

(63)

49

–

(14)

1,714

–

(70)

156

1,800

251

18

2,069

(193)

(708)

5

–

(896)

99

–

(797)

1,420

(708)

(27)

156

841

399

18

1,258

STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023N OT E S TO T H E C O N S O L I DAT E D F I N A N C I A L  S TAT E M E N T S C O N T I N U E D

18 Financial Instruments
The Group’s treasury activities are designed to provide suitable, flexible funding arrangements to satisfy the Group’s 
requirements. The Group uses financial instruments comprising borrowings, cash and items such as trade receivables 
and payables that arise directly from its operations. The main risks arising from the Group’s financial instruments are 
interest rate risks, credit risks and liquidity risks. The Board reviews policies for managing each of these risks and 
they are summarised below.

The Group finances its operations through a combination of cash resource and other borrowings. 

Fair value estimation
IFRS 7 requires disclosure of fair value measurements of financial instruments by level of the following fair value 
measurement hierarchy:

•  Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (level 1).
•  Inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly 

(that is, as prices) or indirectly (that is, derived from prices) (level 2).

•  Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (that is, unobservable inputs) (level 3).

All financial assets, except for financial investments, are categorised as loans and receivables and are classified 
as level 1. Financial investments are categorised as financial assets at fair value through profit or loss and are 
classified as level 1 and the fair value is determined directly by reference to published prices in an active market.

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss (level 1)

Financial investments in regulated funds or model portfolios

31- MAR 
2023 
(£’000)

123

31-MAR 
2022 
(£’000)

152

6
9

All financial liabilities except for contingent consideration are categorised as financial liabilities measured at 
amortised cost and are also classified as level 1. The only financial liabilities measured subsequently at fair value on 
level 3 fair value measurement represent contingent consideration relating to a business combination.

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss (level 3)

CONTINGENT CONSIDER ATION

Balance at 1 April 2021

Recognition of contingent consideration as part of a business combination

Balance at 31 March 2022

Recognition of contingent consideration as part of a business combination

Unwinding of discount rate

Changes in fair value of contingent consideration

Balance at 31 March 2023

£’000

–

2,486

2,486

2,926

228

(2,651)

2,989

Interest rate risk
The Group finances its operations through a combination of retained profits and a bank facility which currently 
remains undrawn. The Group would have an exposure to interest rate risk should this facility be drawn as it has a floating 
rate above the base rate. The Group’s cash and cash equivalents balance of £26,494,000 was its only financial 
instrument subject to variable interest rate risk. The impact of a 0.1% increase or decrease in interest rate on the 
post-tax profit is not material to the Group. At 31 March 2023, total borrowings were £nil (2022: £nil).

Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty will cause a financial loss to the Group by failing to discharge its obligation 
to the Group. The financial instruments are considered to have a low credit risk due to the mitigating procedures 
in place. The Group manages its exposure to this risk by applying Board-approved limits to the amount of credit 
exposure to any one counterparty, and employs strict minimum creditworthiness criteria as to the choice of 
counterparty, thereby ensuring that there are no significant concentrations. The Group does not have any significant 
credit risk exposure to any single counterparty or any group of counterparties having similar characteristics. The 
maximum exposure to credit risk for receivables and other financial assets is represented by their carrying amount.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk is limited to the carrying amount of financial assets recognised at 
31 March, as summarised below:

CL ASSES OF FINANCIAL ASSETS – CARRYING AMOUNTS:

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other receivables

31- MAR 
2023 
(£’000)

26,494

2,938

29,432

31-MAR 
2022 
(£’000)

21,710

3,016

24,726

The Group continuously monitors defaults of customers and other counterparties, identified either individually or 
by the Group, and incorporates this information into its credit risk controls. The Group’s policy is to deal only with 
credit worthy counterparties.

The Group’s management consider that all of the above financial assets that are not impaired or past due for each 
of the 31 March reporting dates under review are of good credit quality.

At 31 March, the Group had certain trade receivables that had not been settled by the contractual date but were 
not considered to be impaired. The amounts at 31 March, analysed by the length of time past due, are:

Not more than 3 months

More than 3 months but not more than 6 months

More than 6 months but not more than 1 year

More than 1 year

Total

31- MAR 
2023 
(£’000)

31-MAR 
2022 
(£’000)

233

30

6

8

277

267

5

27

5

304

Trade receivables consist of a large number of customers within the UK. Based on historical information about 
customer default rates, management consider the credit quality of trade receivables that are not past due or 
impaired to be good. The Group has rebutted the presumption in paragraph 5.5.11 of IFRS 9 that credit risk 
increases significantly when contractual payments are more than 30 days past due.

9
7

The credit risk for cash and cash equivalents is considered negligible, since the counterparties are reputable banks 
with high quality external credit ratings.

Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that companies within the Group will encounter difficulty in meeting obligations associated 
with financial liabilities. To counter this risk, the Group operates with a high level of interest cover relative to its net 
asset value and no debt. In addition, it benefits from strong cash flow from its normal trading activities. The Group 
manages its liquidity needs by monitoring scheduled debt servicing payments for long-term financial liabilities as 
well as forecast cash inflows and outflows due in day to day business. The data used for analysing these cash flows 
is consistent with that used in the contractual maturity analysis below.

The totals for each category of financial instruments, measured in accordance with IFRS 9 and IFRS 7 as detailed 
in the accounting policies to this historical financial information, are as follows:

At 31 March 2023, the Group’s non-derivative financial liabilities have contractual maturities (including interest 
payments where applicable) as summarised below:

AT 31 MARCH 2023

Trade and other payables

Lease liabilities

Contingent consideration

Total

CURRENT

WITHIN  

6 MONTHS
(£’000)

6 TO 12 
MONTHS
(£’000)

NON - CURRENT

1 TO 5 
YEARS
(£’000)

L ATER THAN 
5 YEARS
(£’000)

6,775

134

807

7,716

–

88

–

88

–

46

2,527

2,573

–

–

–

–

STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023N OT E S TO T H E C O N S O L I DAT E D F I N A N C I A L  S TAT E M E N T S C O N T I N U E D

18 Financial Instruments continued
This compares with the maturity of the Group’s non-derivative financial liabilities in the previous reporting period as follows:

AT 31 MARCH 2022

Trade and other payables

Lease liabilities

Contingent consideration

Total

CURRENT

NON- CURRENT

WITHIN 
6 MONTHS
(£’000)

6 TO 12 
MONTHS
(£’000)

1 TO 5 
YEARS
(£’000)

L ATER THAN 
5 YEARS
(£’000)

7,203

135

–

7,338

–

135

–

135

–

269

2,856

3,125

–

–

–

–

The above amounts reflect the contractual undiscounted cash flows, which may differ from the carrying values of the 
liabilities at the reporting date.

Market risk
The Group has made investments in its own managed funds and portfolios and the value of these investments is subject to 
equity market risk, being the risk that changes in equity prices will affect the Group’s income or the value of its holdings of 
financial instruments. If equity prices had been 5% higher/lower, the impact on the Group’s Statement of Comprehensive 
Income would be £6,000 higher/lower due to changes in the fair value of financial assets at fair value through profit or loss.

19 Share Capital

Authorised, called-up and fully paid £0.20 ordinary shares

At 1 April 2022

Issue of share capital on exercise of employee share options

Issue of share capital on purchase of a joint venture

At 31 March 2023

8
9

Each share in Tatton Asset Management plc carries one vote and the right to a dividend.

20 Own Shares
The following movements in own shares occurred during the year:

At 1 April 2022

Acquired in the year

Utilised on exercise of employee share options

At 31 March 2023

NUMBER

58,914,887

263,098

877,737

60,055,722

NUMBER 
OF SHARES

–

139,500

(139,500)

–

£’000

–

28

(28)

–

Own shares represent the cost of the Company’s own shares, either purchased in the market or issued by the Company, 
that are held by an EBT to satisfy future awards under the Group’s share-based payment schemes (note 21). Following 
the exercise of employee share options during the year, there are no shares held in the EBT at 31 March 2023 (2022: nil).

21 Share-Based Payments
During the year, a number of share-based payment schemes and share options schemes have been utilised by the 
Company, described under 21.1 Current schemes, below.

21.1 Current schemes
(i) Tatton Asset Management plc EMI Scheme (“TAM EMI Scheme”)
On 7 July 2017, the Group launched an EMI share option scheme relating to shares in Tatton Asset Management plc 
to enable senior management to participate in the equity of the Company. 3,022,733 options with a weighted average 
exercise price of £1.89 were granted, exercisable in July 2020. There have been nil (2022: 650,933) options exercised 
during the period from this scheme. 

The scheme was extended on 8 August 2018, with 1,720,138 zero cost options granted. This scheme vested in 
August 2021 and 50,000 options were exercised in the period (2022: 1,090,770). The scheme was extended again on 
1 August 2019, 28 July 2020, 15 July 2021 and 25 July 2022, with 193,000, 1,000,000, 279,858 and 274,268 zero cost 
options granted in each respective year. These options are exercisable on the third anniversary of the grant date. 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023The options granted in 2019 vested and became exercisable in August 2022. There have been 139,500 options 
exercised during the period from this scheme. 

A total of 2,804,439 options remain outstanding at 31 March 2023, 1,256,668 of which are currently exercisable. 
6,355 options were forfeited in the period (2022: 30,000). 

Within the accounts of the Company, the fair value at grant date is estimated using the appropriate models, 
including both the Black-Scholes and Monte Carlo modelling methodologies.

Outstanding at 1 April 2021

Granted during the period

Exercised during the period

Forfeited during the period

Lapsed during the period

Outstanding at 31 March 2022

Exercisable at 31 March 2022

Outstanding at 1 April 2022

Granted during the period

Exercised during the period

Forfeited during the period

Lapsed during the period

Outstanding at 31 March 2023

Exercisable at 31 March 2023

NUMBER  
OF SHARE 
OPTIONS 
GR ANTED 
(NUMBER)

4,386,070

279,858

(1,741,703)

(30,000)

(168,199)

2,726,026

1,294,668

2,726,026

274,268

(189,500)

(6,355)

–

2,804,439

1,256,668

WEIGHTED 
AVER AGE 
PRICE (£)

0.66

–

0.71

–

–

0.60

1.27

0.60

–

–

–

–

0.59

1.31

(ii) Tatton Asset Management plc Sharesave scheme (“TAM Sharesave scheme”)
On 7 July 2017, 5 July 2018, 3 July 2019, 6 July 2020, 2 August 2021 and 4 August 2022, the Group launched all 
employee Sharesave schemes for options over shares in Tatton Asset Management plc, administered by Yorkshire 
Building Society. Employees are able to save between £10 and £500 per month over a three-year life of each scheme, 
at which point they each have the option to either acquire shares in the Company or receive the cash saved.

9
9

The 2019 TAM Sharesave scheme vested in August 2022 and 73,599 share options became exercisable. Over the life 
of the 2020 TAM Sharesave scheme, it is estimated that, based on current savings rates, 109,504 share options will 
be exercisable at an exercise price of £2.29. Over the life of the 2021 TAM Sharesave scheme, it is estimated that, 
based on current savings rates, 40,880 share options will be exercisable at an exercise price of £3.60. Over the life 
of the 2022 TAM Sharesave scheme, it is estimated that, based on current savings rates, 55,147 share options will be 
exercisable at an exercise price of £3.26. During the period, 73,599 options have been exercised. 

Within the accounts of the Company, the fair value at grant date is estimated using the Black-Scholes methodology 
for 100% of the options. Share price volatility has been estimated using the historical share price volatility of the 
Company, the expected volatility of the Company’s share price over the life of the options and the average volatility 
applying to a comparable group of listed companies. Key valuation assumptions and the costs recognised in the 
accounts during the period are noted in 21.2 and 21.3 below respectively.

Outstanding at 1 April 2021

Granted during the period

Exercised during the period

Forfeited during the period

Outstanding at 31 March 2022

Exercisable at 31 March 2022

Outstanding at 1 April 2022

Granted during the period

Forfeited during the period

Exercised during the period

Outstanding at 31 March 2023

Exercisable at 31 March 2023

NUMBER  
OF SHARE 
OPTIONS 
GR ANTED 
(NUMBER)

WEIGHTED 
AVER AGE 
PRICE (£)

101,849

77,868

(5,924)

(59,276)

114,517

–

114,517

60,538

(6,361)

(73,599)

95,095

–

1.81

2.28

2.22

1.86

2.14

–

2.14

2.53

2.66

1.79

2.57

–

STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023N OT E S TO T H E C O N S O L I DAT E D F I N A N C I A L  S TAT E M E N T S C O N T I N U E D

21 Share-Based Payments continued
21.2 Valuation assumptions
Assumptions used in the option valuation models to determine the fair value of options at the date of grant were 
as follows:

Share price at grant (£)

Exercise price (£)

Expected volatility (%)

Expected life (years)

Risk free rate (%)

Expected dividend yield (%)

EMI 
SCHEME

2022

4.03

–

34.05

3.00

1.71

3.11

SHARESAVE 
SCHEME

2021

4.60

–

33.76

3.00

0.24

2.39

2020

2.84

–

34.80

3.00

(0.06)

3.38

2019

2.12

–

30.44

3.00

0.35

3.96

2022

4.25

3.26

34.05

3.00

1.71

3.11

2021

4.80

3.60

33.76

3.00

0.12

2.39

2020

2.85

2.29

34.80

3.00

(0.06)

3.38

2019

2.14

1.79

30.44

3.00

0.35

3.96

21.3 IFRS 2 share-based option costs

TAM EMI scheme

TAM Sharesave scheme

31- MAR 
2023 
(£’000)

1,446

65

1,511

31-MAR 
2022 
(£’000)

2,347

52

2,399

The Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows shows an adjustment to Net cash from operating activities relating to 
share based payments of £1,420,000. This is a charge in the year of £1,511,000 adjusted for cash paid relating to 
national insurance contributions on the exercise of share options of £91,000

0
0
1

22 Related Party Transactions
Ultimate controlling party
The Directors consider there to be no ultimate controlling party.

Relationships
The Group has trading relationships with the following entities in which Paul Hogarth, a Director, has a 
beneficial interest:

ENTIT Y

Paradigm Investment Management LLP

NATURE OF TR ANSACTIONS

The Group incurs finance charges.

Suffolk Life Pensions Limited

Related party balances

Paradigm Investment Management LLP

TERMS AND 
CONDITIONS

Repayment on 
demand

Suffolk Life Pensions Limited

Payable in advance

Hermitage Holdings (Wilmslow) Limited

Repayment on 
demand

Balances with related parties are non-interest bearing.

The Group pays lease rental payments on an office building held 
in a pension fund by Paul Hogarth. 

2023

2022

VALUE OF 
INCOME/
(COST) 
(£’000)

BAL ANCE 
RECEIVABLE/
(PAYABLE) 
(£’000)

VALUE OF 
INCOME/
(COST) 
(£’000)

BAL ANCE 
RECEIVABLE/
(PAYABLE) 
(£’000)

–

(61)

(12)

(234)

–

1

–

(60)

(13)

(235)

–

–

Key management personnel remuneration
Key management includes Executive and Non-Executive Directors. The compensation paid or payable to key 
management personnel is as disclosed in note 10.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 202323 Alternative Performance Measures (“APMs”)

APM
Adjusted operating 
profit before separately 
disclosed items

CLOSEST 
EQUIVALENT 
MEASURE
Operating  
profit

Adjusted profit before 
tax before separately 
disclosed items

Profit  
before tax

Adjusted earnings per share 
– Basic

Earnings 
per share 
– Basic

Adjusted earnings 
per share – Diluted

Earnings 
per share 
– Diluted

Net cash generated 
from operations before 
separately disclosed items

Net cash 
generated 
from operations

DEFINITION AND PURPOSE
An important measure where exceptional 
items distort the understanding of the 
operating performance of the business. 
Allows comparability between periods. 
See also note 2.25.

An important measure where exceptional 
items distort the understanding of the 
operating performance of the business. 
Allows comparability between periods. 
See also note 2.25. 

An important measure where exceptional 
items distort the understanding of the 
operating performance of the business. 
Allows comparability between periods. 
See also note 2.25 

An important measure where exceptional 
items distort the understanding of the 
operating performance of the business. 
Allows comparability between periods. 
See also note 2.25. 

1
0
1

Net cash generated from operations 
before exceptional costs. To show underlying 
cash performance. See also note 2.25.

RECONCILING   
ITEMS TO THEIR 
STATUTORY 
MEASURE
Exceptional items, 
share-based 
payments, changes 
in the fair value 
of contingent 
consideration and 
amortisation of 
acquisition-related 
intangibles. 
See note 6.

Exceptional items, 
share-based 
payments, changes 
in the fair value 
of contingent 
consideration and 
amortisation of 
acquisition-related 
intangibles. 
See note 6.

Exceptional items, 
share-based 
payments, changes 
in the fair value 
of contingent 
consideration and 
amortisation of 
acquisition-related 
intangibles and the 
tax thereon. 
See note 9.

Exceptional items, 
share-based payments 
and amortisation of 
acquisition-related 
intangibles, changes 
in the fair value 
of contingent 
consideration, 
undwinding of 
discounts on deferred 
consideration and 
the tax thereon. The 
dilutive shares for 
this measure assume 
that all contingently 
issuable shares 
will fully vest. 
See note 9.

Exceptional items, 
share-based 
payments, changes 
in the fair value 
of contingent 
consideration and 
amortisation of 
acquisition-related 
intangibles. 
See note 6.

STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023N OT E S TO T H E C O N S O L I DAT E D F I N A N C I A L  S TAT E M E N T S C O N T I N U E D

23 Alternative Performance Measures (“APMs”) continued

Other measures

APM

Tatton – assets under 
management (“AUM”) 
and net inflows

CLOSEST 
EQUIVALENT 
MEASURE

None 

RECONCILING   
ITEMS TO THEIR 
STATUTORY 
MEASURE

Not applicable

Tatton – assets under 
influence (“AUI”) 

None

Not applicable

Paradigm Consulting 
members and growth

None

Not applicable

Paradigm Mortgages lending, 
member firms and growth

None

Not applicable

Dividend cover

None

Not applicable

2
0
1

Dividend yield

None

Not applicable

CAGR in AUM and CAGR 
in Tatton firm numbers

None

Not applicable

Average annual net inflows

None

Not applicable

24 Post Balance Sheet Events
There have been no post balance sheet events.

DEFINITION AND PURPOSE 

AUM is representative of the customer assets 
and is a measure of the value of the customer 
base. Movements in this base are an indication 
of performance in the year and growth of the 
business to generate revenues going forward. 
Net inflows measure the net of inflows and 
outflows of customers assets in the year.

AUI is representative of the customer assets 
which are not directly managed by Tatton but 
over which we hold significant influence due to 
our shareholding in the company in which they 
are managed, and is a measure of the value of 
the customer base. Movements in this base are 
an indication of our participation in the joint 
venture and its growth in order to generate 
Tatton’s share of profits going forward. 

Alternative growth measure to revenue, 
giving an operational view of growth.

Alternative growth measure to revenue, 
giving an operational view of growth.

Dividend cover (being the ratio of the 
proposed final dividend against diluted 
earnings per share before exceptional items 
and share-based charges) demonstrates the 
Group’s ability to pay the proposed dividend.

Dividend yield represents the percentage of 
the Company’s share price at the financial year 
end paid out as dividends for the relevant 
financial year.

The Cumulative Annual Growth Rate in AUM 
and Tatton firm numbers since the Group 
listed on the AIM Stock exchange in July 2017.

The average annual net inflows since the Group 
listed on the AIM stock exchange in July 2017.

25 Capital Commitments
At 31 March 2023, the Directors confirmed there were no capital commitments (2022: none) for capital improvements.

26 Contingent Liabilities
At 31 March 2023, the Directors confirmed there were no contingent liabilities (2022: none).

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023C O M PA N Y  S TAT E M E N T O F F I N A N C I A L P O S I T I O N
A S AT 3 1 M A R C H 2 0 2 3

Non-current assets

Investments in subsidiaries

Investments in joint ventures

Property, plant and equipment

Total non-current assets

Current assets

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Contingent consideration

Deferred tax liability

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity attributable to equity holders of the Company

Share capital

Share premium account

Own shares

Merger reserve

Joint venture reserve

Retained earnings

Total equity

NOTE

31- MAR 
2023 
(£’000)

31-MAR 
2022 
(£’000)

6

5

12

13

14

14

16

15

11

77,216

6,762

14

83,992

11,158

12,293

23,451

107,443

(2,857)

(2,857)

(962)

(3)

(965)

(3,822)

103,621

12,011

15,259

–

67,316

(21)

9,056

103,621

77,216

–

11

77,227

12,214

10,204

22,418

99,645

(2,461)

(2,461)

–

(2)

(2)

(2,463)

97,182

11,783

11,632

–

67,316

–

6,451

97,182

1
0
3

The Company generated a profit of £8,991,000 during the financial year (2022: profit of £8,017,000).

The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 12 June 2023 and were signed on its behalf by:

PAUL EDWARDS
DIRECTOR

Company registration number: 10634323

STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023C O M PA N Y  S TAT E M E N T O F C H A N G E S I N EQ U I T Y
F O R T H E Y E A R E N D E D 3 1 M A R C H 2 0 2 3

SHARE 
CAPITAL 
(£’000)

SHARE 
PREMIUM 
(£’000)

OWN 
SHARES 
(£’000)

MERGER 
RESERVE 
(£’000)

11,578

11,534

(1,969)

67,316

At 1 April 2021

Profit and total comprehensive income

Dividends

Share-based payments

Deferred tax on share-based payments

Issue of share capital on exercise of 
employee share options

Own shares acquired in the year

Own shares utilised on exercise of options

–

–

–

–

205

–

–

–

–

–

–

98

–

–

At 31 March 2022

11,783

11,632

Profit and total comprehensive income

Dividends

Share-based payments

Issue of share capital on exercise of 
employee share options

Own shares acquired in the year

Own shares utilised on exercise of options

Transfers

–

–

–

52

–

–

–

–

–

–

117

–

–

–

Issue of share capital on acquisition

At 31 March 2023

176

12,011

3,510

15,259

JOINT 
VENTURE 
RESERVE 
(£’000)

RETAINED 
EARNINGS 
(£’000)

TOTAL 
EQUIT Y 
(£’000)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

39

–

–

–

–

–

(60)

–

(21)

4,558

8,017

(6,641)

2,679

–

–

–

(2,162)

6,451

8,952

(7,714)

1,307

–

–

–

60

–

93,017

8,017

(6,641)

2,679

–

303

(193)

–

97,182

8,991

(7,714)

1,307

170

(28)

28

–

3,686

9,056

103,621

–

–

–

–

–

(193)

2,162

–

–

–

–

–

(28)

28

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

67,316

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

67,316

The merger reserve was created on 19 June 2017 when the Group was formed, where the difference between the 
Company’s capital and the acquired Group’s capital has been recognised as a component of equity being the merger 
reserve. The merger reserve is non-distributable. The joint venture reserve represents the Group’s share of post-tax 
profits yet to be received (for example, in the form of dividends or distributions), less amortisation of related 
intangible assets.

4
0
1

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023N OT E S TO T H E C O M PA N Y F I N A N C I A L S TAT E M E N T S

1 Authorisation of Financial Statements and Statement of Compliance with FRS 101
The financial statements of Tatton Asset Management plc for the year ended 31 March 2023 were authorised for issue by 
the Board of Directors on 12 June 2023. Tatton Asset Management plc is incorporated and domiciled in England and Wales.

These financial statements were prepared in accordance with Financial Reporting Standard 101 “Reduced Disclosure 
Framework” (“FRS 101”) and in accordance with applicable accounting standards. The Company’s financial statements 
are presented in sterling.

These financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis and on the historical cost basis. The principal 
accounting policies adopted by the Company are set out in note 2.

2 Accounting Policies
2.1 Accounting policies
The accounting policies which follow set out those policies which apply in preparing the financial statements for the 
year ended 31 March 2023.

The Company has taken advantage of the following disclosure exemptions under FRS 101:

a)   the requirement in paragraph 38 of IAS 1 “Presentation of Financial Statements” to present comparative information 

in respect of:

1)  Paragraph 79(a)(IV) of IAS 1 and

2) Paragraph 73(e) of IAS 16 “Property, Plant and Equipment”;

b)  the requirements of paragraphs 10(d), and 134–136 of IAS 1 “Presentation of Financial Statements” and the requirements 

of IAS 7 “Statement of Cash Flows”;

c)   the requirements of paragraphs 30 and 31 of IAS 8 “Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors”;

d)  the requirements of paragraph 17 of IAS 24 “Related Party Disclosures”;

e)   the requirements in IAS 24 “Related Party Disclosures” to disclose related party transactions entered into between 
two or more members of a group, provided that any subsidiary which is a party to the transaction is wholly owned 
by such a member; and

f)  the disclosure requirements of IFRS 7 “Financial Instruments: Disclosures”.

2.2 Investments
All investments are initially recorded at cost, being the fair value of consideration given including the acquisition costs 
associated with the investment. Subsequently, they are reviewed for impairment on an individual basis if events or 
changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be fully recoverable.

2.3 Joint ventures
Joint ventures are entities in which the Company has an investment where it, along with one or more other 
shareholders, has contractually agreed to share control of the business and where the major decisions require 
the unanimous consent of the joint partners. The Company initially records the investment at the fair value of the 
purchase consideration. The Company’s income statement reflects its share of the entity’s profit or loss after tax 
and amortisation of intangible assets.

The Statement of Financial Position subsequently records the Company’s share of the net assets of the entity plus any 
goodwill and intangible assets that arose on purchase less subsequent amortisation. The Statement of Changes in Equity 
records the Company’s share of other equity movements of the entity. At each reporting date, the Company applies 
judgement to determine whether there is any indication that the carrying value of joint ventures may be impaired.

The joint ventures reserve in the Statement of Changes in Equity represents the Company’s share of profits in 
its investments yet to be received (for example, in the form of dividends or distributions), less any amortisation 
of intangible assets. Certain associates are held within financial assets at fair value through profit or loss where 
permitted by the accounting standards (see note 5). Information about the Company’s principal associates 
measured at fair value is disclosed within this note.

2.4 Financial instruments
Non-derivative financial instruments comprise trade and other receivables, cash and cash equivalents, and trade and 
other payables.

2.5 Trade and other receivables
Trade and other receivables are recognised initially at fair value. Subsequent to initial recognition they are measured 
at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

1
0
5

STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023N OT E S TO T H E C O M PA N Y F I N A N C I A L S TAT E M E N T S C O N T I N U E D

2 Accounting Policies continued
2.6 Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using 
the effective interest method, where applicable or required. These amounts represent liabilities for goods and 
services provided to the Group prior to the end of the financial period, which are unpaid.

2.7 Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise long- and short-term deposits held with banks by the Company, and are subject 
to insignificant risk of changes in value.

2.8 Share-based payments
The Group issues equity-settled share-based payments to certain employees. Equity-settled share-based payments 
are measured at fair value at the date of grant. The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity-settled 
share-based payments is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the Group’s estimate 
of shares that will eventually vest. Fair value is measured by use of the Black-Scholes model or Monte Carlo model 
as appropriate.

2.9 Interest income and interest expense
Finance income is recognised as interest accrued (using the effective interest method) on funds invested outside 
the Company. Finance expense includes the cost of borrowing from third parties and is recognised on an effective 
interest rate basis, resulting from the financial liability being recognised on an amortised cost basis.

2.10 Taxation
Current tax
The tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs from net profit as reported in the 
Statement of Total Comprehensive Income because it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible 
in other years and it further excludes items that are never taxable or deductible. The Company’s liability for current tax 
is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the Statement of Financial Position date.

6
0
1

Deferred tax
Deferred tax is the tax expected to be payable or recoverable on differences between the carrying amounts of assets 
and liabilities in the financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit, 
and is accounted for using the balance sheet liability method. Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all 
taxable temporary differences and deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable 
profits will be available against which deductible temporary differences can be utilised. Such assets and liabilities 
are not recognised if the temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or from the initial 
recognition (other than in a business combination) of other assets and liabilities in a transaction that affects 
neither the taxable profit nor the accounting profit.

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for taxable temporary differences where it is probable that the temporary 
difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Deferred tax assets arising from deductible temporary 
differences associated with such investments and interests are only recognised to the extent that it is probable 
that there will be sufficient taxable profits against which to utilise the benefits of the temporary difference and 
they are expected to reverse in the foreseeable future.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each Statement of Financial Position date and reduced to 
the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset 
to be recovered.

Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the liability is settled or 
the asset is realised based on tax laws and rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the Statement 
of Financial Position date. Deferred tax is charged or credited in the Statement of Total Comprehensive Income, 
except when it relates to items charged or credited in other comprehensive income, in which case the deferred tax 
is also dealt with in other comprehensive income.

The measurement of deferred tax liabilities and assets reflects the tax consequences that would follow from the 
manner in which the Company expects, at the end of the reporting period, to recover or settle the carrying amount 
of its assets and liabilities.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off the current tax assets 
against current tax liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the 
Company intends to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.

Current and deferred tax for the year
Current and deferred tax are recognised in profit or loss, except when they relate to items that are recognised in other 
comprehensive income or directly in equity, in which case the current and deferred tax are also recognised in other 
comprehensive income or directly in equity respectively. Where current tax or deferred tax arises from the initial 
accounting for a business combination, the tax effect is included in the accounting for the business combination.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 20232.11 Dividends
Dividend distributions payable to equity shareholders are included in other liabilities when the dividends have been 
approved in a Board meeting prior to the reporting date.

2.12 Retirement benefit costs
The Company pays into a personal pension plan for which the amount charged to income in respect of pension costs 
and other post-retirement benefits is the amount of the contributions payable in the year. Payments to the defined 
contribution retirement benefit scheme are recognised as an expense when employees have rendered service 
entitling them to the contributions. Differences between contributions payable and paid are accrued or prepaid. 
The assets of the plans are invested and managed independently of the finances of the Company.

3 Operating Profit
The following items have been included in arriving at the operating profit for continuing operations: 

Share-based payment charges (note 10)

31- MAR 
2023 
(£’000)

1,511

31-MAR
 2022 
(£’000)

2,399

Share-based payment charges relate to the provision made in accordance with IFRS 2 “Share-based Payment” 
following the issue of share options to employees.

4 Services Provided by the Company’s Auditor
During the period, the Company obtained the following services provided by the Company’s auditor at the costs 
detailed below:

Audit of the statutory financial statements of TAM plc

Services provided by the Company’s auditor:

Non-audit services

5 Investments in Joint Ventures Accounted for using the Equity Method

At 1 April 2022

Additions

Profit for the year after tax

Amortisation of intangible assets relating to the joint ventures

Deferred tax relating to joint ventures

Distributions of profit

At 31 March 2023

31- MAR 
2023 
(£’000)

121

–

31-MAR 
2022 
(£’000)

72

13

1
0
7

(£’000) 

–

6,765

160

(121)

18

(60)

6,762

NAME OF   
JOINT VENTURE

NATURE OF 
BUSINESS

PRINCIPAL PL ACE 
OF BUSINESS

CL ASS OF 
SHARE

PERCENTAGE OWNED 
BY THE GROUP

8AM Global Limited

Investment Management

United Kingdom

Ordinary Shares

50.0%

Non-current assets

Current assets

Current liabilities

Total equity

Group’s share of net assets

Goodwill and intangible assets

Deferred tax liability

Carrying value held by the Group

Profit for the year

Group’s share of profit for the year before amortisation

Amortisation

Group’s share of profit for the year

31- MAR 
2023 
(’000)

31-MAR 
2022 
(’000)

35

934

(502)

467

224

7,009

(471)

6,762

320

160

(121)

39

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

8AM Global Limited has a reporting date of 30 June. The net asset position shown in the table above is as at 31 March to 

align with the Company’s own reporting.

STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023N OT E S TO T H E C O M PA N Y F I N A N C I A L S TAT E M E N T S C O N T I N U E D

6 Investments in Subsidiaries

Cost and net book value at 1 April 2021, 31 March 2022 and 31 March 2023

The principal investments comprise shares at cost in the following companies:

£’000

77,216

NAME OF SUBSIDIARY

Nadal Newco Limited

Paradigm Partners Limited

Paradigm Mortgage Services LLP

Tatton Capital Group Limited*

Tatton Capital Limited

Tatton Investment Management Limited

Tatton Oak Limited*

Tatton Crown Investments Limited*

Sinfonia Asset Management Limited*

COUNTRY OF 
INCORPOR ATION

HOLDING

DIRECT/
INDIRECT

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

Direct

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

* Indicates that this subsidiary is entitled to exemption from audit under section 479A of the Companies Act 2006 for the year ending 31 March 2023.

All entities above are included within the consolidated financial statements for TAM plc and all have the same 
registered address as the Company.

7 Directors and Employees
The average number of persons employed by the Company (including Directors) during each year was as follows:

8
0
1

Administration

Wages, salaries and bonuses

Social security costs

Pension costs

Share-based payment charges

The remuneration of the highest paid Director was:

Total

8 Ultimate Controlling Party
The Directors consider that there is no ultimate controlling party.

9 Dividend Paid and Proposed

31- MAR 
2023 
NUMBER

15

31- MAR 
2023 
(£’000)

1,717

211

26

1,511

3,465

31-MAR 
2022 
NUMBER

13

31-MAR 
2022 
(£’000)

1,708

228

19

2,399

4,354

31- MAR 
2023 
(£’000)

424

31-MAR
 2022 
(£’000)

644

During the year, Tatton Asset Management plc paid the final dividend related to the year ended 31 March 2022 of 
£4,811,000 representing a payment of 8.5p per share. In addition, the Company paid an interim dividend of £2,903,000 
(2022: £2,357,000) to its equity shareholders. This represents a payment of 4.5p per share (2022: 4.0p per share).

In addition, the Directors are proposing a final dividend in respect of the financial year ended 31 March 2023 of 
10.0p (2022: 8.5p) per share which will absorb an estimated £6 million (2022: £5 million) of shareholders’ funds. 
It will be paid on 15 August 2023 to shareholders who are on the register of members on 7 July 2023.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 202310 Share-Based Payments
Details of share-based payments are shown in note 21 to the consolidated financial statements.

11 Own Shares
Details of own shares are shown in note 20 to the consolidated financial statements.

12 Trade and Other Receivables

Amounts due from related parties

Prepayments and accrued income

Other debtors

31- MAR 
2023 
(£’000)

10,562

475

121

11,158

31-MAR 
2022 
(£’000)

11,420

690

104

12,214

All trade receivable amounts are short term. All of the Company’s trade and other receivables have been reviewed 
for indicators of impairment and, where necessary, a provision for impairment made. The carrying value is considered 
a fair approximation of their fair value. At 31 March 2021, Tatton Asset Management plc made full provision of £60,000 
against the recoverability of amounts due from a related party, Jargonfree Benefits LLP. This provision was released 
against the write-off of the debt balance in the year. There has been no other provision made for impairment of 
receivable balances (2022: £nil).

Trade receivable amounts are all held in sterling.

13 Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash at bank

14 Trade and Other Payables

Trade payables

Amounts due to related parties

Accruals

Contingent consideration

Less non-current portion:

Contingent consideration

Total non-current trade and other payables

Total current trade and other payables

31- MAR 
2023 
(£’000)

12,293

31-MAR 
2022 
(£’000)

10,204

1
0
9

31- MAR 
2023 
(£’000)

31-MAR 
2022 
(£’000)

23

754

1,979

1,063

3,819

962

962

2,857

505

122

1,834

–

2,461

–

–

2,461

The carrying values of trade payables, amounts due to related parties, accruals and deferred income are considered 
reasonable approximation of fair value.

Trade payable amounts are all held in sterling.

15 Equity

Authorised, called-up and fully paid £0.20 ordinary shares

At 1 April 2022

Issue of share capital on exercise of employee share options

Issue of share capital on purchase of a joint venture

At 31 March 2023

Each share in Tatton Asset Management plc carries one vote and the right to a dividend.

NUMBER

58,914,887

263,098

877,737

60,055,722

STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023N OT E S TO T H E C O M PA N Y F I N A N C I A L S TAT E M E N T S C O N T I N U E D

16 Deferred Taxation

Liability at 31 March 2021

Income statement charge

Liability at 31 March 2022

Income statement charge

Liability at 31 March 2023

DEFERRED 
CAPITAL 
ALLOWANCES 
(£’000)

–

(2)

(2)

(1)

(3)

TOTAL 
(£’000)

–

(2)

(2)

(1)

(3)

17 Contingent Liabilities
At 31 March 2023, the Directors confirmed there were no contingent liabilities (2022: none).

18 Capital Commitments
At 31 March 2023, the Directors confirmed there were no capital commitments (2022: none) for capital improvements.

19 Operating Lease Commitments 
The Company as lessee had minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases as set out below:

Not later than one year

Later than one year but not later than five years

Later than five years

31- MAR 
2023 
(£’000)

31-MAR 
2022 
(£’000)

60

41

–

101

60

101

–

161

0
1
1

20 Related Party Transactions
The Company has taken advantage of the exemption under paragraph 8(K) of FRS 101 not to disclose transactions 
with entities that are wholly owned subsidiaries of TAM plc. There are no other related party transactions other than 
those that have been disclosed in note 22 to the consolidated financial statements.

20.1 Transactions with key management personnel
Other than the Directors and Officers of the Group (see note 22 to the consolidated financial statements), no other 
key management personnel have been identified.

21 Events After the Reporting Period
There have been no material post balance sheet events.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSTATTON ASSET MANAGEMENT PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023N OT E S

N OT E S

Consultancy, design and production
www.luminous.co.uk